WO2022040604A1 - Use of dp1 receptor antagonists for the treatment of viral respiratory tract infections and dysregulated immune response in aged and aging patients - Google Patents

Use of dp1 receptor antagonists for the treatment of viral respiratory tract infections and dysregulated immune response in aged and aging patients Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022040604A1
WO2022040604A1 PCT/US2021/047020 US2021047020W WO2022040604A1 WO 2022040604 A1 WO2022040604 A1 WO 2022040604A1 US 2021047020 W US2021047020 W US 2021047020W WO 2022040604 A1 WO2022040604 A1 WO 2022040604A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
receptor antagonist
subject
ring
human subject
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2021/047020
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Kusakabe SHINJI
Kazufumi KATAYAMA
Youji NAGIRA
Fukao KEITA
Eric Kim MORGEN
Kristen Patricia Fortney
Peng Leong
Andrew Jarai HO
Fred Aswad
Kevin Edward Leif WILHELMSEN
Justin REBO
Original Assignee
BioAge Labs, Inc.
Shionogi & Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by BioAge Labs, Inc., Shionogi & Co., Ltd. filed Critical BioAge Labs, Inc.
Priority to TW110131161A priority Critical patent/TW202227078A/en
Publication of WO2022040604A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022040604A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/4965—Non-condensed pyrazines
    • A61K31/497—Non-condensed pyrazines containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/12—Antidiarrhoeals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators

Definitions

  • BGE-175 is a potent, orally administrable small molecule inhibitor of the PGD2 DP1 receptor, which has demonstrated clinical activity and safety in more than a dozen clinical trials, including several Phase 2 and Phase 3 trials for allergic rhinitis. These trials demonstrated clear target engagement with the DP1 receptor and inhibition of PGD2 signaling.
  • DP1 receptor antagonists including BGE-175, laropiprant and vidupiprant, reduce mortality in a mouse model of infection with SARS-CoV, while a selective DP2 receptor antagonist, fevipiprant, does not.
  • BGE-175 shows efficacy in other viral infection models, including mouse models of influenza infection.
  • BGE-175 attenuates PGD2-induced diarrhea; diarrhea is a frequent symptom in respiratory tract infections.
  • Further bioinformatics analyses predict that inhibition of DP1 should also be effective in addressing other diseases driven by immune aging.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of treating a viral respiratory tract infection.
  • the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of treating or alleviating a pre-treatment symptom associated with an inflammation effect of viral and/or bacterial infection, such as diarrhea, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject.
  • methods for treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia, the method comprising administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of treating or preventing aging-related immune dysfunction, comprising administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject, having, or suspected of having, aging-related immune dysfunction.
  • the disease or condition is a viral and/or bacterial infection. Also included are methods of treating a human subject who has or is at risk of acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia by administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist.
  • the human subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated absolute neutrophil count or elevated neutrophil markers. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 60 years old. 4.
  • FIG.1 shows results from a blood transcriptomics analysis, including a plot of hazard ratios (mortality) for genes associated with gene ontology (GO) categories of (1) neutrophil degranulation, (2) neutrophil mediated immunity, and (3) neutrophil activation involved in immune response. False Discovery Rate (FDR) ⁇ 0.1 for mortality (612 genes).
  • FIG.2 illustrates the design of the Phase 2 nasal allergen challenge study of BGE-175 (S-555739) described in greater detail in Example 2 of the experimental section.
  • FIG.5 shows the results from the Phase 2 nasal allergen challenge study for placebo versus BGE-175 (S-555739) treated groups.
  • FIG.6 shows that BGE-175 reduces lung viral titer in SARS-CoV infected mice.
  • BGE-175 administration reduces viral titer by about tenfold in the treated group compared to placebo group on day 5 following intranasal exposure to 2 ⁇ 10 5 SARS-CoV-1 (MA15) infectious particles in a murine SARS infection model.
  • SARS-CoV-1 MA15 infectious particles in a murine SARS infection model.
  • FIG.7 shows that BGE-175 reduces mortality in SARS-CoV infected mice.
  • FIG.8 illustrates that BGE-175 reduces weight loss in SARS-CoV infected mice.
  • the graph indicates that the group treated with BGE-175 on days 2, 3, 4 and 5, post exposure to virus, had significant improvement in maintaining original weight compared to the group that received placebo. See Example 4.1 of the experimental section.
  • FIG.9 shows that BGE-175 administration in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model resulted in 100% survival in the treated group, whereas only 40% of the placebo group and untreated group survived 14 days after exposure to virus.
  • FIG.10 shows efficacy of BGE-175 in maintaining weight in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model.
  • FIG.11 shows that BGE-175 administration in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model, resulted in 85% survival in the treated group, whereas none of the mice in the placebo group survived 13 days after exposure to virus.
  • FIG.12 shows, in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model, that the group treated with BGE-175, on days 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 post-exposure to virus had reduced original weight after exposure to the virus on days 2-9, but exhibited improvement in % original weight on days 10-12. See Example 4.2, Study 2 of the experimental section.
  • FIG.13 shows that BGE-175 administration reduces viral titer in the treated group compared to placebo group on day 5 after intranasal exposure to virus in a mouse SARS- CoV-2 infection model. See Example 4.2, Study 3 of the experimental section.
  • FIGs.14 A-C show the effect of BGE-175 on the survival of mice infected with SARS-CoV-2.
  • FIG.14A shows the dosing schedule of BGE-175 or vehicle post infection.
  • FIG.14B shows a graph illustrating the beneficial effect BGE-175 has on the weight and survivability of mice infected with SARS-CoV-2.
  • FIG 14C shows the infectious viral titers detected by plaque assay in the lungs of vehicle-treated or BGE-175-treated mice.
  • FIGs.15 A-B shows histological slides of vehicle-treated and BGE-175-treated mice after 5 days post infection (dpi).
  • FIG.15B shows a graph with the quantification of the histological slides.
  • FIG 15A are sample sections.
  • FIG.16 shows graphs of the percentage of initial weight and survival of vehicle- or BGE-175-treated young C57BL/6 mice infected with SARS-CoV-2-N501YMA30 per mouse at various days post infection (dpi).
  • FIGs.17A-F show the results of administration of laropiprant (FIGs.17A-B), vidupiprant (FIGs.17C-D) or fevipiprant (FIGs.17E-F) in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model.
  • FIGs.17A, 17C, and 17E show mortality and % survival in the treated group versus vehicle group.
  • FIGs.17B, 17D, and 17F show graphs comparing % weight loss over time of the study for treated group versus vehicle group. See Example 5 of the experimental section.
  • FIGs.18 A-D illustrate that expression levels of prostaglandin D2 synthase (PTGDS), prostaglandin D2 receptor 1 (PTGDR), PLA 2 G2D, PGD 2 , and 11 ⁇ -PGF 2a increase in human lung tissue and dendritic cells with age.
  • FIG.19 shows BGE-175 treatment enhanced rDC migration to draining lymph nodes in middle-aged C57BL/6 mice one and two days post infection with SARS2-N501YMA30.
  • FIGs.20A-B illustrate numbers of immune cells in the lung (FIG.20A) or blood (FIG.20B) of middle-aged C57BL/6 mice after infection with SARS2-N501YMA30, with vehicle or BGE-175 treatment.
  • FIG.21 shows the survival of 18-month old mice treated with BGE-175 versus vehicle in an aged mouse influenza infection model according to the regimen shown.4 of 10 mice survived 14 days post infection (dpi) versus in the BGE-175 treated group, whereas 1 out of 10 of the mice in the placebo group survived 14 days. See Example 8.1 of the experimental section.
  • FIGs.22A-C show graphs comparing lung weights of BGE-175 treated mice versus vehicle and/or non-infected mice in a young mouse influenza infection model. BGE-175 inhibited the increase of lung weight in infected mice. 5. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION 5.1.
  • Ranges throughout this disclosure, various aspects of the invention are presented in a range format. Ranges include the recited endpoints. It should be understood that the description in range format is merely for convenience and brevity and should not be construed as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the invention. Accordingly, the description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible subranges as well as individual numerical values within that range. For example, description of a range such as from 1 to 6, should be considered to have specifically disclosed subranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, from 3 to 6, etc. as well as individual number within that range, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5.3, and 6.
  • the term “about” is understood as within range of normal tolerance in the art, for example within 2 standard deviations of the mean, and is meant to encompass variations of ⁇ 20% or ⁇ 10%, more preferably ⁇ 5%, even more preferably ⁇ 1%, and still more preferably ⁇ 0.1% from the stated value. Where a percentage is provided with respect to an amount of a component or material in a composition, the percentage should be understood to be a percentage based on weight, unless otherwise stated or understood from the context. [0046] The term “patient” refers to a human subject. [0047] The terms “treating,” “treatment,” and grammatical variations thereof are used in the broadest sense understood in the clinical arts.
  • the terms do not require cure or complete remission of disease and encompass obtaining any clinically desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect, including improvement in physiologic measures associated with “normal”, non-pathologic, aging.
  • “treating” and “treatment” do not encompass prophylaxis.
  • the term “pre-treatment” means prior to the first administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist according the methods described herein. Pre-treatment does not exclude, and often includes, the prior administration of treatments other than a DP1 receptor antagonist.
  • post-treatment means after the administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist according the methods described herein. Post-treatment includes after any administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist at any dosage described herein.
  • Post-treatment also includes after a bolus treatment phase of a DP1 receptor antagonist, and also after a continuous administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist at any dosage described herein.
  • the phrase “therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal or other subject for treating a disease, condition, or disorder, is sufficient to effect treatment of the disease, condition, or disorder.
  • the "therapeutically effective amount” may vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the subject to be treated.
  • the phrase “fed state” is used herein to mean when the dosage form is administered to a human subject within about 2 hours, preferably about 1 hour, more preferably about 30 minutes, after consuming a meal.
  • the meal is high in fat.
  • a human is in the “fasted state” when the dosage form is administered no earlier than at least 10 hours, preferably at least 12 hours, and more preferably at least 14 hours after consuming a meal.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable excipient “pharmaceutically acceptable diluent,” “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” and “pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant” are used interchangeably and refer to an excipient, diluent, carrier, or adjuvant that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that are generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and include an excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant that are acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable excipient includes both one and more than one such excipient, diluent, carrier, and/or adjuvant.
  • sustained release refers to prolonged or extended release of the therapeutic agent or API of the pharmaceutical formulation. These terms may further refer to composition which provides prolonged or extended duration of action, such as pharmacokinetics (PK) parameters of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the active pharmaceutical ingredient as described herein.
  • PK pharmacokinetics
  • Compounds included in the present compositions and methods that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations. Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, sodium, lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts.
  • compositions and methods that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids.
  • the acids that can be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, including but not limited to, malate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benz
  • compositions of the present disclosure include anions of the compounds of the present disclosure compounded with a suitable cation.
  • salts of the compounds of the present disclosure can be pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • salts of acids and bases that are non-pharmaceutically acceptable may also find use, for example, in the preparation or purification of a pharmaceutically acceptable compound.
  • the compounds of the present invention have an asymmetric center or asymmetric centers in certain cases, where they give rise to a variety of optical isomers. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention can exist as separate optical isomers (R) and (S), or as a racemate or an (RS) mixture.
  • the compounds of the present invention encompass mixtures that comprise all these types of isomer in any proportions.
  • diastereomers can be separated by methods well known to those skilled in the art, say, fractional crystallization, and optically active forms can be obtained by techniques in organic chemistry that are well known for this purpose.
  • the compounds of the present invention sometimes give rise to geometrical isomers such as cis- and trans-forms.
  • the compounds of the present invention may have tautomerism to give rise to a variety of tautomers.
  • the compounds of the present invention encompass the-above mentioned isomers, as well as mixtures comprising those isomers in any proportions. [0060] Furthermore, if the compounds of the present invention or salts thereof form hydrates or solvates, these are also included in the scope of the compounds of the present invention or salts thereof. [0061] Compounds included in the present compositions and methods that include a basic or acidic moiety can also form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids.
  • the compounds of the disclosure can contain both acidic and basic groups; for example, one amino and one carboxylic acid group. In such a case, the compound can exist as an acid addition salt, a zwitterion, or a base salt.
  • compounds described herein include enriched or resolved optical isomers at any or all asymmetric atoms as are apparent from the depictions. Racemic mixtures of R-enantiomer and S-enantiomer, and enantio-enriched stereomeric mixtures comprising of R- and S-enantiomers, as well as the individual optical isomers can be isolated or synthesized so as to be substantially free of their enantiomeric or diastereomeric partners, and these stereoisomers are all within the scope of the present technology. [0064] In the present specification, a term of “alkyl” includes a monovalent straight or branched hydrocarbon group having one to eight carbon atom(s).
  • methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neo-pentyl, n- hexyl, isohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl and the like are exemplified.
  • C1-C6 alkyl is preferred.
  • C1- C4 alkyl is further preferred.
  • a number of carbon is specified, it means “alkyl” having the carbon number within the range.
  • hydroxyalkyl includes a “alkyl” above, a hydrogen atom of which is substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 1-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxypropyl and the like are exemplified. Hydroxymethyl is preferred.
  • alkenyl includes a monovalent straight or branched hydrocarbon group having two to eight carbon atoms and one or more double bond(s).
  • alkynyl includes a monovalent straight or branched hydrocarbon group having two to eight carbon atoms and one or more triple bond(s).
  • ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 2-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl, 2- heptynyl, 2-octynyl and the like are exemplified.
  • C2-C6 alkynyl is preferred.
  • C2- C4 alkynyl is further preferred.
  • cycloalkyl includes a cycloalkyl having three to eight carbon atoms and for example, cyclopropyl, ctclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like are exemplified. C3-C6 cycloalkyl is preferred.
  • cycloalkenyl includes a cycloalkenyl having three to eight carbon atoms and for example, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloocentyl and the like are exemplified. C3-C6 cycloalkenyl is preferred.
  • alkyloxy includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “alkyl” above and for example, methyloxy, ethyloxy, n- propyloxy, isopropyloxy, n-butyloxy, isobutyloxy, sec-butyloxy, tert-butyloxy, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, 2-pentyloxy, 3-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, isohexyloxy, 2-hexyloxy, 3-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, and the like are exemplified.
  • C1-C6 alkyloxy is preferred. Moreover, C1-C4 alkyloxy is further preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “alkyloxy” having the carbon number within the range.
  • a term of “alkenyloxy” includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “alkenyl” above and for example, vinyloxy, allyloxy, 1- propenyloxy, 2-butenyloxy, 2-pentenyloxy, 2-hexenyloxy, 2-heptenyloxy, 2-octenyloxy and the like are exemplified.
  • C2-C6 alkenyloxy is preferred.
  • C2-C4 alkenyloxy is further preferred.
  • alkynyloxy includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “alkynyl” above and for example, ethynyloxy, 1- propynyloxy, 2-propynyloxy, 2-butynyloxy, 2-pentynyloxy, 2-hexynyloxy, 2-heptynyloxy, 2- octynyloxy and the like are exemplified. C2-C6 alkynyloxy is preferred. Moreover, C2-C4 alkynyloxy is further preferred.
  • cycloalkyloxy includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “cycloalkyl” above and for example, cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cycloheptyloxy and cyclooctyloxy are exemplified. C3-C6 cycloalkyloxy is preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “cycloalkyloxy” having the carbon number within the range.
  • cycloalkenyloxy includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “cycloalkenyl” above and for example, cyclopropenyloxy, cyclobutenyloxy, cyclopentenyloxy, cyclohexenyloxy, cycloheptenyloxy and cyclooctenyloxy are exemplified.
  • C3-C6 cycloalkenyloxy is preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “cycloalkenyloxy” having the carbon number within the range.
  • alkylthio includes a group wherein a sulfur atom is substituted with one “alkyl” above, and for example, methylthio, ethylthio, n- propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, isobutylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, n-pentylthio, isopentylthio, 2-pentylthio, 3-pentylthio, n-hexylthio, isohexylthio, 2-hexylthio, 3-hexylthio, n-heptylthio, n-octylthio, and the like are exemplified.
  • C1-C6 Alkylthio is preferred. Moreover, C1-C4 alkylthio is further preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “alkylthio” having the carbon number within the range.
  • a term of “alkenylthio” includes a group wherein a sulfur atom is substituted with one “alkenyl” above, and for example, vinylthio, allylthio, 1- propenylthio, 2-butenylthio, 2-pentenylthio, 2-hexenylthio, 2-heptenylthio, 2-octenylthio and the like are exemplified.
  • C2-C6 Alkenylthio is preferred.
  • C2-C4 alkylthio is further preferred.
  • a term of “alkynylthio” includes a group wherein a sulfur atom is substituted with one “alkynyl” above and for example, ethynylthio, 1-propynylthio, 2-propynylthio, 2-butynylthio, 2-pentynylthio, 2-hexynylthio, 2-heptynylthio, 2-octynylthio and the like are exemplified.
  • alkylsulfinyl includes a group wherein sulfinyl is substituted with one “alkyl” above and for example, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, n-propylsulfinyl, isopropylsulfinyl, n-butylsulfinyl, isobutylsulfinyl, sec-butylsulfinyl, tert- butylsulfinyl, n-pentylsulfinyl, isopentylsulfinyl, 2-pentylsulfinyl, 3-pentylsulf
  • alkylsulfonyl includes a group wherein sulfonyl is substituted with one “alkyl” above and for example, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, n-butylsulfonyl, isobutylsulfonyl, sec-butylsulfonyl, tert- butylsulfonyl, n-pentylsulfonyl, isopentylsulfonyl, 2-pentylsulfonyl, 3-pentylsulfonyl, n- hexylsulfonyl, isohe
  • alkylsulfonyloxy includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “alkylsulfonyl” above and for example, methylsulfonyloxy, ethylsulfonyloxy, n-propylsulfonyloxy, isopropylsulfonyloxy, n- butylsulfonyloxy, isobutylsulfonyloxy, sec-butylsulfonyloxy, tert-butylsulfonyloxy, n- pentylsulfonyloxy, isopentylsulfonyloxy, 2-pentylsulfonyloxy, 3-pentylsulfonyloxy, n
  • C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl is preferred. Moreover, C1-C4 alkylsulfonyl is further preferred.
  • a term of “cycloalkylthio” includes a group wherein a sulfur atom is substituted with one “cycloalkyl” above and for example, cyclopropylthio, cyclobutylthio, cyclopentylthio, cyclohexylthio, cycloheptylthio, cyclooctylthio and the like are exemplified. C3-C6 cycloalkylthio is preferred.
  • cycloalkylsulfinyl includes a group in which sulfinyl is substituted with one “cycloalkyl” above.
  • cyclopropylsulfinyl, cyclobutylsulfinyl, cyclopentylsulfinyl, cyclohexylsulfinyl, cycloheptylsulfinyl, and cyclooctylsulfinyl are exemplified.
  • C3-C6 cycloalkylsulfinyl is exemplified.
  • a term of “cycloalkylsulfonyl” includes a group in which sulfonyl is substituted with one “cycloalkyl” above.
  • cyclopropylsulfonyl, cyclobutylsulfonyl, cyclopentylsulfonyl, cyclohexylsulfonyl, cycloheptylsulfonyl, and cyclooctylsulfonyl are exemplified.
  • C3-C6 cycloalkylsulfonyl is exemplified.
  • a term of “cycloalkylsulfonyloxy” includes a group in which an oxygen atom is substituted with one “cycloalkylsulfonyl” above.
  • cyclopropylsulfonyloxy, cyclobutylsulfonyloxy, cyclopentylsulfonyloxy, cyclohexylsulfonyloxy, cycloheptylsulfonyloxy, and cyclooctylsulfonyloxy are exemplified.
  • C3-C6 cycloalkylsulfonyloxy is exemplified.
  • a term of “cycloalkenylthio” includes a group in which a sulfur atom is substituted with one “cycloalkenyl” above.
  • cyclopropenylthio, cyclobutenylthio, cyclopentenylthio, cyclohexenylthio, cycloheptenylthio, and cyclooctenylthio are exemplified.
  • C3-C6 cycloalkenylthio is exemplified.
  • cycloalkenylsulfinyl includes a group in which sulfinyl is substituted with one “cycloalkenyl” above.
  • cyclopropenylsulfinyl, cyclobutenylsulfinyl, cyclopentenylsulfinyl, cyclohexenylsulfinyl, cycloheptenylsulfinyl, and cyclooctenylsulfinyl are exemplified.
  • C3-C6 cycloalkenylsulfinyl is exemplified.
  • a term of “cycloalkenylsulfonyl” includes a group in which sulfonyl is substituted with one “cycloalkenyl” above.
  • cyclopropenylsulfonyl, cyclobutenylsulfonyl, cyclopentenylsulfonyl, cyclohexenylsulfonyl, cycloheptenylsulfonyl, and cyclooctenylsulfonyl are exemplified.
  • C3-C6 cycloalkenylsulfonyl is exemplified.
  • a term of “cycloalkenylsulfonyloxy” includes a group in which an oxygen atom is substituted with one “cycloalkenylsulfonyl” described above.
  • cyclopropenylsulfonyloxy, cyclobutenylsulfonyloxy, cyclopentenylsulfonyloxy, cyclohexenylsulfonyloxy, cycloheptenylsulfonyloxy, and cyclooctenylsulfonyloxy are exemplified.
  • alkyloxycarbonyl includes a group in which carbonyl is substituted with one “alkyloxy” above.
  • methyloxycarbonyl, ethyloxycarbonyl, n-propyloxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, n-butyloxycarbonyl, tert- butyloxycarbonyl and n-pentyloxycarbonyl are exemplified.
  • C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl is exemplified.
  • alkenyloxycarbonyl includes a group in which carbonyl is substituted with one “alkenyloxy” above.
  • alkenyloxycarbonyl includes a group in which carbonyl is substituted with one “alkenyloxy” above.
  • vinyloxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 1-propenyloxycarbonyl, 2-butenyloxycarbonyl and 2-pentenyloxyarbonyl are exemplified.
  • C2-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl is exemplified.
  • alkynyloxycarbonyl includes a group in which carbonyl is substituted with one “alkynyloxy” above.
  • ethynyloxycarbonyl, 1-propynyloxycarbonyl, 2-propynyloxycarbonyl, 2-butynyloxyarbonyl and 2-pentynyloxycarbonyl are exemplified.
  • C2-C4 alkynyloxycarbonyl is exemplified.
  • acyl includes alkylcarbonyl wherein the part of alkyl is “alkyl” before, alkenylcarbonyl wherein the part of alkenyl is “alkenyl” before, alkynylcarbonyl wherein the part of alkynyl is “alkynyl” before, cycloalkylcarbonyl wherein the part of cycloalkyl is “cycloalkyl” before, arylcarbonyl wherein the part of aryl is “aryl” below, heteroarylcarbonyl wherein the part of heteroaryl is “heteroaryl” below and non- aromatic heterocycliccarbonyl wherein the part of non-aromatic heterocyclic group is “non- aromatic heterocyclic group” below.
  • Alkyl alkenyl”, “alkynyl”, “cycloalkyl”, “aryl”, “heteroaryl” and “non-aromatic heterocyclic group” may be substituted respectively with substituent groups exemplified in “optionally substituted alkyl”, “optionally substituted alkenyl”, “optionally substituted alkynyl”, “optionally substituted cycloalkyl”, “optionally substituted aryl”, “optionally substituted heteroaryl” and “optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group” below.
  • acyl group examples include acetyl, propionyl, butyroyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, benzoyl, pyridinecarbonyl and the like.
  • a term of “optionally substituted amino” includes an amino group which may be substituted with one or two group(s) of “alkyl” before, “alkenyl” before, “alkynyl” before, “cycloalkyl” before, “cycloalkynyl” before, “aryl” below, “heteroaryl” below, “acyl” before, “alkyloxycarbonyl” before, “alkenyloxycarbonyl” before, “alkynyloxycarbonyl” before, “alkylsulfonyl”, “alkenylsulfonyl”, “alkynylsulfonyl”, “arylsulfonyl” and/or “heteroarylsulfonyl” before.
  • Examples of the optionally substituted amino group include amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethylamino, benzylamino, acetylamino, benzoylamino, methyloxycarbonylamino and methanesulfonylamino.
  • amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylmethylamino, diethylamino, acetylamino and methanesulfonylamino are exemplified.
  • a term of “optionally substituted carbamoyl” includes an aminocarbonyl group wherein the part of optionally substituted amino is “optionally substituted amino” before and examples of the optionally substituted carbamoyl group includes carbamoyl, N-methylcarbamoyl, N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N-ethyl-N- methylcarbamoyl, N,N-diethylcarbamoyl, N-phenylcarbamoyl, N-benzylcarbamoyl, N- acetylcarbamoyl and N-methylsulfonylcarbamoyl etc.
  • carbamoyl, N- methylcarbamoyl, N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl and N-methylsulfonylcarbamoyl etc. are exemplified.
  • a term of “optionally substituted sulfamoyl” includes an aminosulfonyl group wherein the part of optionally substituted amino is “optionally substituted amino” before and examples of the optionally substituted sulfamoyl group include sulfamoyl, N-methylsulfamoyl, N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl, N-ethyl-N-methylsulfamoyl, N,N- diethylsulfamoyl, N-phenylsulfamoyl, N-benzylsulfamoyl, N-acetylsulfamoyl and N- methylsulfonylsulf
  • alkylene means a straight or branched alkylene group having one to ten carbon atom(s) and for example, methylene, 1- methylmethylene, 1,1-dimethylmethylene, ethylene, 1-methylethylene, 1-ethylethylene, 1,1- dimethylethylene, 1,2-dimethylethylene, 1,1-diethylethylene, 1,2-diethylethylene, 1-ethyl-2- methylethylene, trimethylene, 1-methyltrimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, 1,1- dimethyltrimethylene, 1,2-dimethyltrimethylene, 2,2-dimethyltrimethylene, 1- ethyltrimethylene, 2-ethyltrimethylene, 1,1-diethyltrimethylene,
  • alkenylene means a straight or branched alkenylene group having two to ten carbon atom(s) and for example, ethenylene, 1- methylethenylene, 1-ethylethenylene, 1,2-dimethylethenylene, 1,2-diethylethenylene, 1-etnyl- 2-methylethenylene, propenylene, 1-methyl-2-propenylene, 2-methyl-2-propenylene, 1,1- dimethyl-2-propenylene, 1,2-dimethyl-2-propenylene, 1-ethyl-2-propenylene, 2-ethyl-2- propenylene, 1,1-dietnyl-2-propenylene, 1,2-diethyl-2-propenylene, 1-butenylene, 2- butenylene, 1-methyl
  • alkynylene means a straight or branched alkynylene group having two to ten carbon atom(s) and for example, ethynylene, propynylene, 1-methyl-2-propynylene, 1-ethyl-2-propynylene, butynylene, 1-methyl-2- butynylene, 2-methyl-3-butynylene, 1,1-dimethyl-2-butynylene, 1,2-dimethyl-3-butynylene, 2,2-dimethyl-3-butynylene etc, are are exemplified.
  • a term of “—O-alkylene” in Y includes a group of “alkylene” above, a terminal of which is linked to —O— and for example, —O-methylene-, —O-1-methylethylene-, —O-1,1-dimethylmethylene-, —O-ethylene-, —O-1- methylethylene-, —O-trimethylene etc are exemplified.
  • O-methylene-, —O-1- methylethylene- and —O-1,1-dimethylmethylene- are exemplified.
  • ring C and the ring B are linked in a manner of “the ring C—O-alkylene—the ring B”.
  • a term of “—O-alkylene” of “—O-alkylene-R1” in —Z— R 1 includes a group of “alkylene” above, a terminal of which is linked to —O— and for example, —O-methylene-, —O-1-methylethylene-, —O-1,1-dimethylmethylene-, —O- ethylene-, —O-1-methylethylene-, —O-trimethylene etc are exemplified.
  • —O-Methylene-, —O-1-methylethylene- and —O-1,1-dimethylmethylene- are preferred.
  • a term of “—S-alkylene” in Y includes a group of “alkylene” above, a terminal of which is linked to —S— and for example, —S-methylene-, —S-1-methylethylene-, —S-1,1-dimethylmethylene-, —S-ethylene-, —S-1-methylethylene-, —S-trimethylene etc are exemplified.
  • —S-methylene-, —S-1-methylethylene-, —S-1,1-dimethylmethylene- are exemplified.
  • ring C and the ring B are linked in a manner of “the ring C—S-alkylene—the ring B”.
  • a term of “—S-alkylene” of “—S-alkylene-R 1 ” in —Z— R 1 includes a group of “alkylene” above, a terminal of which is linked to —S— and for example, —S-methylene-, —S-1-methylethylene-, —S-1,1-dimethylmethylene-, —S- ethylene-, —S-1-methylethylene-, —S-trimethylene etc are exemplified.
  • aryl includes an aromatic monocyclic or aromatic fused cyclic hydrocarbons and it may be fused with “cycloalkyl” before, “cycloalkenyl” before or “non-aromatic heterocyclic group” below at any possible position.
  • Both of monocyclic ring and fused ring may be substituted at any position and for example, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, anthryl, tetrahydronaphthyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 1,4- benzodioxanyl etc. are exemplified. Phenyl, 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl are preferred. Moreover, phenyl is further preferred.
  • non-aromatic heterocyclic group includes a 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more of heteroatom(s) selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms or a multicyclic ring formed by fusing the two or more rings thereof.
  • pyrrolidinyl e.g., 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2- pyrrolidinyl
  • pyrrolinyl e.g., 3-pyrrolinyl
  • imidazolidinyl e.g., 2-imidazolidinyl
  • imidazolinyl e.g., imidazolinyl
  • pyrazolidinyl e.g., 1-pyrazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolidinyl
  • pyrazolinyl e.g., pyrazolinyl
  • piperidyl e.g., piperidino, 2-piperidyl
  • piperazinyl e.g., 1- piperazinyl
  • indolinyl e.g., 1-indolinyl
  • isoindolinyl e.g., isoindolinyl
  • morpholinyl e.g., morpholino, 3-morpholinyl
  • heteroaryl in R 2 , R 2a and R 2b includes a 5- to 6-membered aromatic ring containing one or more of heteroatom(s) selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms and it may be fused with “cycloalkyl” before, “aryl” before, “non-aromatic heterocyclic group” or other heteroaryl at any possible position.
  • the heteroaryl group may be substituted at any position whenever it is a monocyclic ring or a fused ring.
  • pyrrolyl e.g., 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl
  • furyl e.g., 2-furyl, 3-furyl
  • thienyl e.g., 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl
  • imidazolyl e.g., 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl
  • pyrazolyl e.g., 1-pyrazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl
  • isothiazolyl e.g., 3-isothiazolyl
  • isoxazolyl e.g., 3-isoxazolyl
  • oxazolyl e.g., 2-oxazolyl
  • thiazolyl e.g., 2-thiazolyl
  • pyridyl e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl
  • pyrazinyl e.g., 2-pyraziny
  • heteroaryl in R 3 , R 3a , R 3b , R 4 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5 , R 5a , R 5b , R 6 and R 7 includes a 5- to 6-membered aromatic ring containing one or more of heteroatom(s) selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms and it may be fused with “cycloalkyl” before, “aryl” before, “non-aromatic heterocyclic group” or other heteroaryl at any possible position.
  • the heteroaryl group may be substituted at any position whenever it is a monocyclic ring or a fused ring.
  • furyl e.g., 2-furyl, 3-furyl
  • thienyl e.g., 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl
  • imidazolyl e.g., 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl
  • pyrazolyl e.g., 1-pyrazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl
  • isothiazolyl e.g., 3-isothiazolyl
  • isoxazolyl e.g., 3- isoxazolyl
  • oxazolyl e.g., 2-oxazolyl
  • thiazolyl e.g., 2-thiazolyl
  • pyridyl e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl
  • pyrazinyl e.g., 2-pyrazinyl
  • pyrimidinyl e.g., 2-pyrimidinyl, 4- pyrimidinyl
  • aryloxy includes a group in which an oxygen atom is substituted with one “aryl” before and for example, phenyloxy and naphthyloxy etc. are exemplified.
  • arylthio includes a group in which a sulfur atom is substituted with one “aryl” before and for example, phenylthio and naphthylthio etc. are exemplified.
  • arylsulfinyl includes a group in which sulfinyl is substituted with one “aryl” before and for example, phenylsulfinyl and naphthylsulfinyl etc. are exemplified.
  • arylsulfonyl includes a group in which sulfonyl is substituted with one “aryl” before and for example, phenylsulfonyl and naphthylsulfoinyl etc. are exemplified.
  • arylsulfonyloxy examples include phenylsulfonyloxy and naphthylsulfonyloxy etc.
  • aryloxycarbonyl includes a group in which carbonyl is substituted with one “aryloxy” before and for example, phenyloxycarbonyl, 1- naphthyloxycarbonyl and 1-naphthyloxycarbonyl etc. are exemplified.
  • a term of “heteroaryloxy” includes a group in which an oxygen atom is substituted with one “heteroaryl” before.
  • furyloxy, thienyloxy, imidazolyloxy, pyrazolyloxy, isothiazolyloxy, isoxazolyloxy, oxazolyloxy, thiazolyloxy, pyridyloxy, pyrazinyloxy, pyrimidinyloxy and pyridazinyloxy are exemplified [0115]
  • a term of “heteroarylthio” includes a group in which a sulfur atom is substituted with one “heteroaryl” before.
  • heteroarylsulfinyl includes a group in which sulfinyl is substituted with one “heteroaryl” before.
  • furylsulfinyl, thienylsulfinyl, imidazolylsulfinyl, pyrazolylsulfinyl, isothiazolylsulfinyl, isoxazolylsulfinyl, oxazolylsulfinyl, thiazolylsulfinyl, pyridylsulfinyl, pyrazinylsulfinyl, pyrimidinylsulfinyl and pyridazinylsulfinyl etc. are exemplified.
  • heteroarylsulfonyl includes a group in which sulfonyl is substituted with one “heteroaryl” before.
  • furylsulfonyl, thienylsulfonyl, imidazolylsulfonyl, pyrazolylsulfonyl, isothiazolylsulfonyl, isoxazolylsulfonyl, oxazolylsulfonyl, thiazolylsulfonyl, pyridylsulfonyl, pyrazinylsulfonyl, pyrimidinylsulfonyl and pyridazinylsulfonyl are exemplified.
  • heteroarylsulfonyloxy includes a group in which an oxygen atom is substituted with one “heteroarylsulfonyl” before.
  • furylsulfonyloxy, thienylsulfonyloxy, imidazolylsulfonyloxy, pyrazolylsulfonyloxy, isothiazolylsulfonyloxy, isoxazolylsulfonyloxy, oxazolylsulfonyloxy, thiazolylsulfonyloxy, pyridylsulfonyloxy, pyrazinylsulfonyloxy, pyrimidinylsulfonyloxy and pyridazinylsulfonyloxy etc. are exemplified.
  • aromatic carbocyclic ring includes an aromatic monocyclic or aromatic fused carbocyclic ring and for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and an anthracene ring are exemplified. A benzene ring is preferred.
  • aromatic heterocyclic ring includes an aromatic monocyclic or aromatic fused heterocyclic ring.
  • a term of “azaindole” includes 4-azaindole, 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole, 7-azaindole, 4,5-diazaindole-, 4,6-diazaindole, 4,7-diazaindole, 5,6-diazaindole, 5,7-diazaindole, 6,7-diazaindole, 4,5,6-triazaindole, 4,5,7-triazaindole and 5,6,7-triazaindole.
  • alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) of “optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s)” includes a straight or branched alkylene group having one to six carbon atoms, optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) which may be substituted with “alkyl” above, and for example, —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, — CH 2 CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2
  • —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, — OCH 2 CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 O— and —N(CH3)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 — are exemplified.
  • alkenylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s)” of “optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s)” includes a straight or branched alkenylene group having two to six carbon atoms, optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) which may be substituted with “alkyl” above, and for example, —CH ⁇ CHCH ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CHO—, —OCH ⁇ CH—, — CH ⁇ CHS—, —SCH ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CHNH—, —NHCH ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CH—CH ⁇ N— and —N ⁇ CH—CH ⁇ CH— are exemplified.
  • alkynylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) includes a straight or branched alkynylene group having two to six carbon atoms, optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) which may be substituted with “alkyl” above, and for example, —CH 2 C ⁇ CCH 2 —, —CH 2 C ⁇ CCH 2 O—, —OCH 2 C ⁇ CH—, — CH 2 C ⁇ CCH 2 S—, —SCH 2 C ⁇ CH—, —CH 2 C ⁇ CCH 2 NH—, —NHCH 2 C ⁇ CH—, — CH 2 C ⁇ CCH 2 N(CH 3 )— and —N(CH 3 )CH 2 C ⁇ CH— are exemplified.
  • a term of “nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic ring” includes a 3- to 12-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more of nitrogen atom(s), and further optionally containing an oxygen atom and/or a sulfur atom, and a formula of: [0127]
  • a term of “nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring” includes a 3- to 12-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more of nitrogen atom(s), and further optionally an oxygen atom and/or sulfur atom in the ring.
  • pyrrolyl e.g., 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl
  • imidazolyl e.g., 2-imidazolyl, 4- imidazolyl
  • pyrazolyl e.g., 1-pyrazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl
  • isothiazolyl e.g., 3-isothiazolyl
  • isoxazolyl e.g., 3-isoxazolyl
  • oxazolyl e.g., 2-oxazolyl
  • thiazolyl e.g., 2-thiazolyl
  • pyridyl e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl
  • pyrazinyl e.g., 2-pyrazinyl
  • pyrimidinyl e.g., 2- pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl
  • pyridazinyl e.g
  • examples of “4- to 8-membered nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atom(s)” includes a ring shown in the formula of:
  • ortho-, meta- and para-substituting position of L 3 and Y mean the relationship of the formula:
  • substituents in “optionally substituted alkyl”, “optionally substituted alkyloxy”, “optionally substituted alkylthio”, “optionally substituted alkylsulfinyl”, “optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl”, “optionally substituted alkylsulfonyloxy” and “the optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl” include cycloalkyl, alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), hydroxy, oxo, alkyloxy optionally substituted with a substituent group A at one to three position(s), mercapto, alkylthio, a halogen atom, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted carbamoyl, acyl, aryl optionally substituted with a substituent group B at one to three position(s) (e.g., phenyl), heteroaryl optionally
  • substituents in “optionally substituted aryl”, “optionally substituted phenoxy”, “optionally substituted aryloxy”, “optionally substituted phenylthio”, “optionally substituted arylthio”, “optionally substituted arylsulfinyl”, “optionally substituted arylsulfonyl”, “optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy”, “optionally substituted heteroaryl”, “optionally substituted heteroaryloxy”, “optionally substituted heteroarylthio”, “optionally substituted heteroarylsulfinyl”, “optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyl”, “optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyloxy” and “optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group” include alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent group D at one to three position(s), cycloalkyl, alken
  • aspects of the present disclosure include a bioinformatics model that generally relates to building of survival predictor models that output a survival metric.
  • survival metrics may relate to survival related observables, such as survival expectancy and/or risk of death.
  • survival predictor models may be built by selecting observables that relate to survival periods (“aging indicator”). Such aging indicators may comprise variables that correlate with all-cause mortality, such as certain clinical factors.
  • survival predictor models utilize one or a plurality of survival biomarkers, such as those associated with the PGD2 DP1 receptor together with one or more aging indicators to generate a survival metric.
  • neutrophil abundance and activity increases with age and that there is an association of higher levels of neutrophil markers (e.g., myeloperoxidase or “MPO”) with increased risk of respiratory tract infection (RTI) and all-cause mortality in elderly people.
  • MPO myeloperoxidase
  • RTI respiratory tract infection
  • Our analysis of the BIOAGE human healthy aging cohort data further indicates that CCR7 expression significantly decreases with age and decreased RNA expression levels of CCR7 in whole blood was associated with significantly increased all-cause mortality in elderly people.
  • CCR7 is important for dendritic cell maturation and homing to lymph nodes. Decrease in CCR7 can lead to a decrease in the dendritic cell function at the site of infection. [0137]
  • Our analysis of the BIOAGE human healthy aging cohort data further indicates that circulating IFN- ⁇ levels decrease with age. In elderly people, lower circulating levels of IFN- ⁇ are associated with increased all-cause mortality. Adequate levels of IFN- ⁇ is required for the accumulation and activation of infection fighting NK cells in the lung. 5.3.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of treating a respiratory tract infection, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject having, or suspected of having, a respiratory tract infection.
  • the human subject has a confirmed or is suspected to have a viral lung infection and/or a bacterial lung infection.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of treating or alleviating a pre- treatment symptom associated with an inflammation effect of viral and/or bacterial infection, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject.
  • the infection is an acute viral respiratory infection.
  • the symptom associated with an inflammation effect of viral and/or bacterial infection is diarrhea, as described in more detail below.
  • the human subject has or is at risk for CRS.
  • the human subject who has or is at risk for CRS is determined to have or at risk for ALI, ARDS, ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
  • the human subject who has or is at risk for CRS has confirmed or suspected viral lung infection, has confirmed or suspected bacterial lung infection, or has confirmed or suspected viral and bacterial lung infection.
  • the human subject has a serious symptom induced by an inflammation effect of viral and/or bacterial infection.
  • the present disclosure is based at least in part on the ability of an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to alleviate, diminish or prevent one or more of the symptoms associated with these conditions, including but not limited to fever, diarrhea, and reduced blood oxygen saturation, or a clinical improvement defined by the COVID Ordinal Outcome Scale, as described herein below. 5.4. Methods of Treating Virus-Mediated Lung Injury and Related Conditions [0143] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
  • ALI acute lung injury
  • ARDS acute respiratory distress syndrome
  • ALI acute respiratory distress syndrome
  • the method comprises administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
  • ALI acute lung injury
  • ARDS acute respiratory distress syndrome
  • the present disclosure provides a method of treating a human subject who has a confirmed or suspected viral lung infection.
  • the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject suffering from a viral lung infection.
  • the human subject has or is at risk for ALI.
  • the human subject has or is at risk of ARDS.
  • the human subject has or is at risk for ALI with concomitant pneumonia or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of treating a human subject who has or is at risk for cytokine release syndrome (CRS), the method comprising administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject who has or is at risk for CRS.
  • CRS cytokine release syndrome
  • the human subject who has or is at risk for CRS is determined to have or at risk for ALI, ARDS, ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
  • the human subject who has or is at risk for CRS has confirmed or suspected viral lung infection.
  • the present disclosure is based at least in part on the ability of an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to alleviate, diminish or prevent one or more of the symptoms associated with these conditions, including CRS, as described herein below. 5.5. Methods of Treating Aging-Related Immune Dysfunction [0147]
  • the present disclosure provides a method of treating or preventing aging- related immune dysfunction, comprising: administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject, having, or suspected of having, aging-related immune dysfunction.
  • the human subject is identified as suffering from inflammaging, immunosenescence and/or age-related decline in immune function.
  • the subject has, or is identified as having, altered or abnormal peripheral blood neutrophil levels, elevated levels of neutrophil activation, or elevated levels of neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood.
  • the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated pre- treatment absolute neutrophil count or elevated neutrophil markers, such as myeloperoxidase (MPO), in peripheral blood.
  • MPO myeloperoxidase
  • the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated pre-treatment myeloid to lymphoid ratio.
  • the human subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated pre-treatment absolute neutrophil count (ANC).
  • ANC pre-treatment lymphopenia. 5.6.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of boosting or augmenting induction of protective immunity by vaccine in a subject.
  • the method includes co-administering a vaccine and an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject, where the subject’s immune response to the vaccine is augmented as compared to vaccination in the absence of the DP1 receptor antagonist.
  • the terms "immune response enhancing amount” and “immune response augmenting amount” are used interchangeably and refer to an amount of a compound administered effective to enhance an immune response of vaccine administration in a subject compared to vaccine administration without co- administration of the compound.
  • an immune response enhancing amount of the DP1 receptor antagonist can be administered in one or more administrations.
  • immunogen refers to an antigen that is recognized as unwanted, undesired, and/or foreign in a subject.
  • immuno response includes a response by a subject's immune system to a vaccine. Immune responses include both cell-mediated immune responses (responses mediated by antigen-specific T cells and non-specific cells of the immune system) and humoral immune responses (responses mediated by antibodies present in the plasma lymph, and tissue fluids).
  • the term "immune response” encompasses both the initial responses to an immunogen as well as memory responses that are a result of "acquired immunity.”
  • the vaccine administered is a vaccine that protects against a viral respiratory tract infection (e.g., as described herein).
  • Example 8.3 describes the efficacy of BGE-175 (S-555739) in augmenting the humoral response to a vaccine in an aged mouse vaccine model.
  • co-administering" and “in combination with” include the administration of the two agents (e.g., vaccine and the DP1 receptor antagonist) either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially within no specific time limits.
  • the agents are present in the cell or in the subject's body at the same time or exert their biological or therapeutic effect at the same time. In one embodiment, the agents are in the same composition or unit dosage form. In other embodiments, the agents are in separate compositions or unit dosage forms. Also provided are pharmaceutical preparations of the vaccine and the DP1 receptor antagonist.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist can be administered prior to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of the vaccine.
  • Concomitant administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist with a vaccine means administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist and vaccine at such time that both the known drug and the composition of the present disclosure will have a therapeutic effect. Such concomitant administration may involve concurrent (i.e. at the same time), prior, or subsequent administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist with respect to the administration of a vaccine. Routes of administration of the two agents may vary, where representative routes of administration are described herein. A person of ordinary skill in the art would have no difficulty determining the appropriate timing, sequence and dosages of administration. 5.6.1. Patient Age [0157] In some embodiments of any of the methods disclosed herein, the human subject is at least 50 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 55 years old.
  • the human subject is at least 60 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 65 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 70 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 75 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 80 years old. [0158] In some embodiments, the human subject is older than 50 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is older than 60 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is older than 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, or 60 years old. [0159] In some embodiments, the human subject is younger than 60, 59, 58, 57, 56, 55, 54, 53, 52, 51, or 50 years old.
  • the human subject is a young adult between the age of 20-35. In some embodiments, the human subject is middle aged, between the age of 35-50. 5.6.2. Pre-treatment symptoms and signs 5.6.2.1 Confirmed or suspected viral lung infection [0160] In various embodiments of the methods described herein, the human subject has a confirmed, or is suspected of having, a viral lung infection. In some embodiments, the infection is an acute viral respiratory infection. In some embodiments, the infection is by a virus selected from coronavirus, influenza virus, rhinovirus, metapneumovirus, adenovirus, and boca virus. [0161] In some embodiments, the virus is a coronavirus.
  • the virus is any one or combination of the following coronaviruses: coronavirus OC43, coronavirus 229E, coronavirus NL63, coronavirus HKU1, middle east respiratory syndrome beta coronavirus (MERS-CoV), severe acute respiratory syndrome beta coronavirus (SARS-CoV), and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19).
  • the virus is SARS-CoV-2, also referred to as nCoV-2, nCoV2 or 2019-nCoV.
  • nCoV2”, “nCoV-2” and “SARS- CoV-2” are used interchangeably herein.
  • the human subject has severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS).
  • the human subject has middle eastern respiratory syndrome (MERS). In particular embodiments, the human subject has coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19).
  • the SARS-CoV-2 is a variant of the SARS-CoV-2 that has one or more mutations in the spike protein.
  • the SARS-CoV-2 mutation is the “Japan” or “Brazil” or “P1” variant which has mutations in the spike protein at K417, E484, N501, and D614.
  • the Japan or Brazil variant has the following mutations in the spike protein K417T, E484K, N501Y, and D614G.
  • the mutation is the Japan or Brazil variant which has mutations in the spike protein at K417, E484, N501, and D614.
  • the “South African” or “B.1.351” variant which has mutations in the spike protein at K417, E484, N501, and/or D614.
  • the South African variant has the following mutations in the spike protein K417N, E484K, N501Y, and/or D614G.
  • the variant is the “United Kingdom” or “B.1.1.7” variant.
  • the B.1.1.7 variant has the following mutations ⁇ 69/70, ⁇ 144Y, E484K, S494P, N501Y, A570D, D614G, and/or P681H.
  • the variant is the “California mutation_1” or “B.1.427” variant.
  • the B.1.427 variant has the following mutation L452R and/or D614G.
  • the variant is the “California mutation_2” or “B.1.429” variant.
  • the B.1.429 variant has the following mutation S13I, W152C, L452R, and D614G.
  • the virus is an influenza virus. In some embodiments, the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B. In particular embodiments, the virus is any one or combination of the following influenza viruses: parainfluenza virus 1, parainfluenza virus 2, parainfluenza virus 3, parainfluenza virus 4, influenza A virus, and influenza B virus.
  • viral infection has been or is concomitantly confirmed by detection of viral genetic material in a fluid sample from the human subject. In some embodiments, viral infection has not been or is not concomitantly confirmed by detection of viral genetic material in a fluid sample from the human subject, but is suspected based on clinical presentation and history. In particular embodiments, treatment is initiated before confirmation by detection of viral genetic material.
  • treatment is initiated before confirmation by detection of viral genetic material, and viral infection is later confirmed by detection of viral genetic material or virus-specific IgM and/or IgG in the human subject’s serum.
  • 5.6.2.2 Confirmed or suspected bacterial lung infection
  • the human subject has a confirmed or suspected of having a bacterial lung infection.
  • the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease caused by a gram positive bacteria.
  • the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease caused by a gram negative bacteria.
  • the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease caused by a gram indeterminate bacteria..
  • the bacterial infection is a co-/secondary infection that untreated further increases morbidity and mortality of a primary viral infection (e.g., COVID- 19 or influenza).
  • a primary viral infection e.g., COVID- 19 or influenza.
  • bacterial infection has been or is concomitantly confirmed by detection of bacterial genetic material in a fluid sample from the human subject.
  • bacterial infection has not been or is not concomitantly confirmed by detection of bacterial genetic material in a fluid sample from the human subject, but is suspected based on clinical presentation and history.
  • treatment is initiated before confirmation by detection of bacterial genetic material.
  • treatment is initiated before confirmation by detection of bacterial genetic material, and bacterial infection is later confirmed by detection of bacterial genetic material or bacterial-specific IgM and/or IgG in the human subject’s serum.
  • 5.6.2.3 Fever [0169]
  • the human subject has fever.
  • the human subject has a body temperature greater than 37.5°C.
  • the body temperature is 37.6°C or greater, 37.7°C or greater, 37.8°C or greater, 37.9°C or greater, 38°C or greater, 38.1°C or greater, 38.2°C or greater, 38.3°C or greater, 38.4°C or greater, 38.5°C or greater, 38.6°C or greater, 38.7°C or greater, 38.8°C or greater, 38.9°C or greater, 39°C or greater, 39.1°C or greater, 39.2°C or greater, 39.3°C or greater, 39.4°C or greater, 39.5°C or greater, 39.6°C or greater, 39.7°C or greater, 39.8°C or greater, 39.9°C or greater, 40°C or greater, 40.1°C or greater, 40.2°C or greater, 40.3°C or greater, 40.4°C or greater, 40.5°C or greater, 40.6°C or greater, 40.7°C or greater, 40.8°C or greater
  • the human subject has a body temperature greater than 37.5°C for 24 hours or more, 48 hours or more, 72 hours or more, 96 hours or more, 5 days or more, 6 days or more, 1 week or more, 1.5 weeks or more, or 2 weeks or more.
  • the body temperature is measured from clinically accessible measurement sites on the human subject.
  • the measurement site is the human subject’s forehead, temple, and/or other external body surfaces.
  • the measurement site is the oral cavity, rectal cavity, axilla area, or tympanic membrane. 5.6.2.1 Gastrointestinal symptoms [0170]
  • the human subject has a gastrointestinal symptom.
  • the human subject has a serious symptom induced by an inflammation effect of viral and/or bacterial infection.
  • the symptom induced by an inflammation effect is a gastrointestinal symptom.
  • the gastrointestinal symptom is selected from pasty stools, loose or watery stools, abdominal cramps, abdominal pain, fever, blood in the stool, mucus in the stool, bloating, lack of appetite and nausea.
  • the human subject has diarrhea and/or vomiting. In some embodiments, the human subject has diarrhea.
  • the symptom induced by an inflammation effect is selected from one or more of pasty stools, loose or watery stools, abdominal cramps, abdominal pain, fever, blood in the stool, mucus in the stool, bloating and nausea.
  • the symptom induced by an inflammation effect is selected from diarrhea and/or vomiting.
  • symptom induced by an inflammation effect is diarrhea.
  • 5.6.2.2 Reduced blood oxygen saturation [0174]
  • the human subject has a blood oxygen saturation level (SpO2) of less than 95%.
  • the human subject has a blood oxygen saturation level (SpO 2 ) of less than 94%.
  • the human subject has a blood oxygen saturation level (SpO 2 ) of 93% or less. In some embodiments, the human subject has an SpO 2 level of 92% or less, 91% or less, 90% or less, 85% or less, 80% or less, 75% or less, 70% or less, 65% or less, 60% or less, 55% or less, 50% or less, 45% or less, 40% or less, 35% or less, 30% or less, or 25% or less. In some embodiments, the human subject requires mechanical ventilation and/or supplemental oxygen. 5.6.2.3 Pneumonia [0175] In some embodiments, the human subject has pneumonia. 5.6.2.4 Hospitalization [0176] In some embodiments, the human subject is hospitalized.
  • the human subject is on a ventilator. In some embodiments, the human subject is not on a ventilator. 5.6.2.6 Pre-treatment immune markers [0178] In some embodiments of any of the methods disclosed herein, the method further comprises a step of assessing and/or monitoring before, during and/or after treatment, the levels of one or more immune markers of interest of the subject. In some embodiments, the pre-treatment levels of the one or more immune markers are assessed or measured in a sample of the subject. The one or more immune markers of the subject can be monitored during treatment according to the methods described herein, e.g., to evaluate the effectiveness of treatment.
  • the pre-treatment levels of the one or more immune markers are abnormal (e.g., elevated above a range of normal levels) and the administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist improves (e.g., reduces) the levels of one or more immune markers to a level within a normal expected range for the subject post treatment.
  • the immune marker that is assessed or measured e.g., in a sample of the subject
  • the monitored immune markers include: IL-6, CRP, IL-10, CD4+ and CD8+ T cells, and absolute lymphocyte count.
  • the subject has, or is identified as having, a pre-treatment elevated peripheral blood neutrophil level, elevated levels of neutrophil activation, and/or elevated level of neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood.
  • “elevated” refers a level of a marker, or a marker activity, of interest that is 10% or more higher than the expected or observed level or activity in a healthy subject, such as 20% or more higher, 30% or more higher, 40% or more higher, 50% or more higher, 100% or more higher, or even higher.
  • the human subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated pre-treatment absolute neutrophil count (ANC) of greater than 6,000 cells/mm 3 of blood.
  • ANC absolute neutrophil count
  • the subject has, or is identified as having, abnormal or elevated levels of IL-6, CRP, IL-10, CD4+ and CD8+ T cells, or absolute lymphocyte count.
  • the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated absolute neutrophil count or elevated neutrophil markers in peripheral blood.
  • the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated myeloid to lymphoid ratio.
  • the human subject has, or is identified as having, lymphopenia.
  • the human subject has, or is identified as having, reduced levels of type 2 interferon (gamma interferon) (e.g., a level of gamma interferon that is below a normal level of gamma interferon which is expected or observed in a healthy subject.
  • administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts dendritic cell function in the subject.
  • the method further comprises determining a level of CCR7 in a sample of the subject as a marker of dendritic cell function.
  • administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts NK cell function in the subject.
  • a DP1 receptor antagonist is an agent that inhibits the activity of the prostaglandin D2 (PGD2) DP1 signaling pathway.
  • Prostaglandin (PG) D2 is a ligand for the G ⁇ protein coupled receptors DP1 (D ⁇ type prostanoid receptor 1) and DP2 (also known as chemoattractant receptor homologous molecule, expressed on Th2 cells; CRTH2). Both, DP1 and DP2 are expressed on the cellular surface of eosinophils.
  • a DP1 receptor antagonist is an inhibitor of DP1.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is selected from ADC-7405, ADC-9971, AM-432, AMG-009, AP-768, AZD-5985, AZD-8075, laropiprant, ONO-4053, ONO-4127Na, S-5751, AMG-853, AGN- 211377, SAR-389644, and vidupiprant, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the DP1 receptor is a DP1 receptor antagonist described in US Patent No. 8,153,793, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is a compound represented by the following general formula (I): wherein: the ring A is an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring; the ring B is a nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a nitrogen- containing aromatic heterocyclic ring; the ring C is an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring; R 1 is hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, cyano or a carboxy equivalent; R 2 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is of formula (II): wherein: R 2A and R 2B are each independently a hydrogen atom or , wherein at least one of R 2A or R 2B is ; R 2C is selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, NO 2 , CN, R 2D is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, R 2E is a hydrogen atom; R 5 is an alkyl group; n is 0 or 1; and R 3 is optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted alkylthio; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0188] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is selected from:
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0197] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 5.6.3.3 BGE-175 [0198] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is BGE-175 (asapiprant, also known as S-555739) having the molecular formula as follows: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 5.6.3.4 Pharmaceutical Composition [0199]
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist used in the methods described herein can be formulated in any appropriate pharmaceutical composition for administration by any suitable route of administration. Suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral and intravenous routes of administration. Suitable routes also include pulmonary administration, including by oral inhalation.
  • the most suitable route may depend upon the condition and disorder of the recipient.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods known in the art of pharmacy. [0200] All methods include the step of bringing into association a DP1 receptor antagonist, or a salt thereof, with the carrier which constitutes one or more excipients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation. [0201] In certain embodiments, the route of administration for use in the methods described herein is parental administration. In certain embodiments, the route of administration for use in the methods described herein is intravenous administration.
  • the route of administration for use in the methods described herein is oral administration.
  • Formulations of the present methods suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • a tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide sustained, delayed or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
  • a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agent.
  • Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be
  • Formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient.
  • Formulations for parenteral administration also include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions, which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose of multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of a sterile liquid carrier, for example saline, phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) or the like, immediately prior to use.
  • a sterile liquid carrier for example saline, phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) or the like, immediately prior to use.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may comprise one or more pharmaceutical excipients. Any suitable pharmaceutical excipient may be used, and one of ordinary skill in the art is capable of selecting suitable pharmaceutical excipients. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical excipients provided below are intended to be illustrative, and not limiting. Additional pharmaceutical excipients include, for example, those described in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 8th Revised Ed. (2017), incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a DP1 receptor antagonist is administered by a route selected from oral, intravenous, subcutaneous, pulmonary (including but not limited to pulmonary administration by oral inhalation), and intranasal.
  • a currently preferred route of administration for use in the methods described herein is oral administration.
  • a DP1 receptor antagonist is administered by intravenous bolus infusion followed by continuous intravenous infusion.
  • the daily dose of a pharmaceutical composition including a DP1 receptor antagonist may be varied over a wide range from about 1 mg to about 3000 mg; preferably, the dose will be in the range of from about 10 mg to about 1000 mg per day, from about 25 mg to about 500 mg per day or from about 50 mg to about 200 mg per day for an average human.
  • the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets or capsules containing, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, or 2000 milligrams of the DP1 receptor antagonist active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the subject to be treated.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist compound may be administered in a single daily dose or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. In some embodiments, the total daily dosage is administered in divided doses of one to three daily. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is from 50 mg to 200mg. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 50 mg. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 100 mg. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 150 mg. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 200 mg. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered twice per day (BID).
  • BID twice per day
  • the twice per day (BID) dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 50 mg. In some embodiments, the twice per day (BID) dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 100 mg. In some embodiments, the dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is a dose of BGE-175 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0209] In various embodiments of the methods described herein, a DP1 receptor antagonist is administered orally to the human subject in a fed state. In some embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist is administered orally to the human subject in a fasted state. [0210] The therapeutically effective dose for DP1 receptor antagonist or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may vary according to the desired effect.
  • optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined by those skilled in the art, and may vary with the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, and the advancement of the disease condition.
  • factors associated with the particular subject being treated including subject age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust the dose to an appropriate therapeutic level.
  • the above dosages are thus exemplary of the average case. There can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower dosage ranges are merited, and such are within the scope of this disclosure.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 2-14 days.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 21 days, 29 days, or longer. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for seven days or more. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 7 to 14 days. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 14 to 21 days. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 21 days or more. DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 21 to 28 days. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 28 days or more, such as 6 weeks or more, 2 months or more, or 3 months or more.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered in a dose that is independent of patient weight or surface area (i.e., flat dose).
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist can be administered in a single dose or in multiple doses, such as a divided dose.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered once a day, once every 2 days, once every 3 days, once every 4 days, once every 5 days, once every 6 days, once every 7 days, once every 14 days, once every 21 days, once every 28 days, or once a month.
  • DP1 receptor antagonist is administered twice a day, twice every 2 days, twice every 3 days, twice every 4 days, twice every 5 days, twice every 6 days, twice every 7 days, twice every 14 days, twice every 21 days, twice every 28 days, or twice a month.
  • the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered 1 time a week, 2 times a week, 3 times a week, four times a week, or five times a week.
  • the dosage is administered to the human subject in the fed state.
  • the dosage is administered to the human subject in the fasted state wherein the dosage is modified to achieve a similar PK profile as when administered in the fed state.
  • a DP1 receptor antagonist or salt thereof is administered in a suspension. In other embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist or salt thereof is administered in a solution. In some embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist or salt thereof is administered in a solid dosage form. In particular embodiments, the solid dosage form is a capsule. In particular embodiments, the solid dosage form is a tablet. In specific embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist is in a crystalline or amorphous form. In particular embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist is in amorphous form. 5.6.4. Additional Agents [0216] In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further comprise administering an effective amount of at least one second therapeutic agent.
  • one or more corticosteroids may be administered to the human subject, either prior to, concurrently, or post-administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist.
  • the second therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of dexamethasone, an antiviral agent, an antibacterial agent, an angiotensin receptor blocker (ARB), an IL-6 inhibitor, hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine, and COVID-19 immune serum or plasma.
  • anticoagulants are administered to the human subject in addition to a DP1 receptor antagonist.
  • the method of the present disclosure further comprises administering an effective amount of an anti-viral agent.
  • the anti-viral agent is selected from the group consisting of: favipiravir, favilavir, remdesivir, galidesivir and a combination of lopinavir and ritonavir.
  • the anti-viral agent is favipiravir.
  • the anti-viral agent is remdesivir.
  • the anti-viral agent is galidesivir.
  • the anti-viral agent is a combination of lopinavir and ritonavir. 5.6.4.2 Antibacterial Agents [0226]
  • the method of the present disclosure further comprises administering an antibacterial agent.
  • the antibacterial agent is selected from the group consisting of azithromycin, tobramycin, aztreonam, ciprofloxacin, meropenem, cefepime, cetadizine, imipenem, piperacillin-tazobactam, amikacin, gentamicin and levofloxacin.
  • the antibacterial agent is azithromycin.
  • the methods herein further comprise administering an ARB.
  • the ARB is selected from losartan, valsartan, azilsartan, candesartan, eprosartan, irgesartan, olmesartan, and telmisartan.
  • IL-6 Antagonists [0229] In certain embodiments, the human subject is further administered an IL-6 antagonist.
  • the IL-6 inhibitor or antagonist is selected from the group consisting of: an anti-IL-6 receptor antibody or an antigen binding fragment thereof; an anti-IL-6 antibody or an antigen binding fragment thereof; and a JAK/STAT inhibitor. 5.6.4.4.1 Anti-IL-6 Receptor Antibodies [0230] In various embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is an anti-IL-6 receptor (anti-IL-6R) antibody or antigen-binding fragment or derivative thereof. [0231] In typical embodiments, the anti-IL-6R reduces the biological activity of IL-6 receptor. [0232] In some embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is an anti-IL-6R monoclonal antibody.
  • the IL-6 antagonist is a polyclonal composition comprising a plurality of species of anti-IL-6R antibodies, each of the plurality having unique CDRs.
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody is a Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 , Fv, scFv, (scFv)2, single chain antibody molecule, dual variable domain antibody, single variable domain antibody, linear antibody, or V domain antibody.
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody comprises a scaffold.
  • the scaffold is Fc, optionally human Fc.
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody comprises a heavy chain constant region of a class selected from IgG, IgA, IgD, IgE, and IgM. In certain embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody comprises a heavy chain constant region of the class IgG and a subclass selected from IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4. [0235] In some embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is immunoconjugate or fusion protein comprising an IL-6R antigen-binding fragment. [0236] In some embodiments, the antibody is bispecific or multispecific, with at least one of the antigen-binding portions having specificity for IL-6 receptor. [0237] In some embodiments, the antibody is fully human.
  • the antibody is humanized. In some embodiments, the antibody is chimeric and has non-human V regions and human C region domains. In some embodiments, the antibody is murine. [0238] In typical embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has a KD for binding human IL-6 receptor of less than 100 nM. In some embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has a KD for binding human IL-6 receptor of less than 75 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM, 20 nM, 15 nM, or 10 nM. In particular embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has a KD for binding human IL-6 receptor of less than 5 nM, 4 nM, 3 nM, or 2 nM.
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody has a KD for binding human IL-6 receptor of less than 1 nM, 750 pM, or 500 pM. In specific embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has a KD for binding human IL-6 receptor of no more than 500 pM, 400 pM, 300 pM, 200 pM, or 100 pM. [0239] In typical embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has an elimination half-life following intravenous administration of at least 7 days. In certain embodiments, the anti-IL- 6R antibody has an elimination half-life of at least 14 days, at least 21 days, or at least 30 days.
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody has a human IgG constant region with at least one amino acid substitution that extends serum half-life as compared to the unsubstituted human IgG constant domain. 5.6.4.4.2 Tocilizumab and Derivatives [0241] In certain embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises all six CDRs of tocilizumab. In particular embodiments, the antibody or antigen- binding portion thereof comprises the tocilizumab heavy chain V region and light chain V region. In specific embodiments, the antibody is the full-length tocilizumab antibody. [0242] In various embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody is a derivative of tocilizumab.
  • the tocilizumab derivative includes one or more amino acid substitutions in the tocilizumab heavy and/or light chain V regions.
  • the tocilizumab derivative comprises fewer than 25 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 20 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 15 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 10 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 5 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 4 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 3 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 2 amino acid substitutions, or 1 amino acid substitution relative to the original VH and/or VL of the tocilizumab anti-IL-6R antibody, while retaining specificity for human IL-6 receptor.
  • the tocilizumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the VH and VL domain of tocilizumab.
  • the percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters.
  • the tocilizumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence in which the CDRs comprise an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the respective CDRs of tocilizumab.
  • the percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters.
  • the VH and/or VL CDR derivatives comprise conservative amino acid substitutions at one or more predicted nonessential amino acid residues (i.e., amino acid residues which are not critical for the antibody to specifically bind to human IL 6 receptor).
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises all six CDRs of sarilumab.
  • the antibody or antigen- binding portion thereof comprises the sarilumab heavy chain V region and light chain V region.
  • the antibody is the full-length sarilumab antibody.
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody is a derivative of sarilumab.
  • the sarilumab derivative includes one or more amino acid substitutions in the sarilumab heavy and/or light chain V regions.
  • the sarilumab derivative comprises fewer than 25 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 20 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 15 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 10 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 5 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 4 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 3 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 2 amino acid substitutions, or 1 amino acid substitution relative to the original VH and/or VL of the sarilumab anti-IL-6R antibody, while retaining specificity for human IL-6 receptor.
  • the sarilumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the VH and VL domain of sarilumab.
  • the percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters.
  • the sarilumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence in which the CDRs comprise an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the respective CDRs of sarilumab.
  • the percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters.
  • the VH and/or VL CDR derivatives comprise conservative amino acid substitutions at one or more predicted nonessential amino acid residues (i.e., amino acid residues which are not critical for the antibody to specifically bind to human IL 6 receptor). 5.6.4.4.4 Vobarilizumab and Derivatives [0255]
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises all six CDRs of vobarilizumab.
  • the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises the vobarilizumab heavy chain V region and light chain V region.
  • the antibody is the full-length vobarilizumab antibody.
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody is a derivative of vobarilizumab.
  • the vobarilizumab derivative includes one or more amino acid substitutions in the vobarilizumab heavy and/or light chain V regions.
  • the vobarilizumab derivative comprises fewer than 25 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 20 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 15 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 10 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 5 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 4 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 3 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 2 amino acid substitutions, or 1 amino acid substitution relative to the original VH and/or VL of the vobarilizumab anti-IL-6R antibody, while retaining specificity for human IL-6 receptor.
  • the vobarilizumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the VH and VL domain of vobarilizumab.
  • the percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters.
  • the vobarilizumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence in which the CDRs comprise an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the respective CDRs of vobarilizumab.
  • the percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters.
  • the VH and/or VL CDR derivatives comprise conservative amino acid substitutions at one or more predicted nonessential amino acid residues (i.e., amino acid residues which are not critical for the antibody to specifically bind to human IL 6 receptor). 5.6.4.4.5 Other Anti-IL-6R Antibodies and Derivatives [0262]
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises all six CDRs of an antibody selected from the group consisting of: SA237 (Roche), NI-1201 (NovImmune), and an antibody described in US 2012/0225060.
  • the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises the heavy chain V region and light chain V region of an antibody selected from the group consisting of: SA237 (Roche), NI-1201 (NovImmune), and an antibody described in US 2012/0225060.
  • the antibody is a full-length selected from the group consisting of: SA237 (Roche), NI-1201 (NovImmune), and an antibody described in US 2012/0225060.
  • the anti-IL-6R antibody is a derivative of an antibody selected from the group consisting of: SA237 (Roche), NI-1201 (NovImmune), or an antibody described in US 2012/0225060.
  • the IL-6 antagonist is an antibody specific for the complex of IL-6 and IL-6R.
  • the antibody has the six CDRs of an antibody selected from those described in US 2011/0002936, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • 5.6.4.4.7 Anti-IL-6 Antibodies [0265]
  • the IL-6 antagonist is an anti-IL-6 antibody or antigen- binding fragment thereof.
  • the anti-IL-6 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof neutralizes the biological activity of human IL-6.
  • the neutralizing antibody prevents binding of IL-6 to the IL-6 receptor.
  • the neutralizing antibody prevents binding of IL-6 to the soluble IL-6 receptor. In certain embodiments, the neutralizing antibody prevents binding of IL-6 to the membrane-bound IL- 6 receptor. In certain embodiments, the neutralizing antibody prevents binding of IL-6 to both the soluble IL-6 receptor and the membrane-bound IL-6 receptor.
  • the IL-6 antagonist is an anti-IL-6 monoclonal antibody. In some embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is a polyclonal composition comprising a plurality of species of anti-IL-6 antibodies, each of the plurality having unique CDRs.
  • the anti-IL-6 antibody is selected from the group consisting of: ziltivekimab, siltuximab, gerilimzumab, sirukumab, clazakizumab, olokizumab, VX30 (VOP- R003; Vaccinex), EB-007 (EBI-029; Eleven Bio), and FM101 (Femta Pharmaceuticals, Lonza).
  • the antigen-binding fragment is a fragment of an antibody selected from the group consisting of: ziltivekimab, siltuximab, gerilimzumab, sirukumab, clazakizumab, olokizumab, VX30 (VOP-R003; Vaccinex), EB-007 (EBI-029; Eleven Bio), and FM101 (Femta Pharmaceuticals, Lonza). 5.6.4.4.8 IL-6 Antagonist Peptides [0269] In various embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is an antagonist peptide.
  • the IL-6 antagonist is C326 (an IL-6 inhibitor by Avidia, also known as AMG220), or FE301, a recombinant protein inhibitor of IL-6 (Ferring International Center S.A., Conaris Research Institute AG).
  • the anti-IL-6 antagonist comprises soluble gp130, FE301 (Conaris/Ferring). 5.6.4.4.9 JAK and STAT Inhibitors [0271]
  • the IL-6 antagonist is an inhibitor of the JAK signaling pathway.
  • the JAK inhibitor is a JAK1-specific inhibitor.
  • the JAK inhibitor is a JAK3-specific inhibitor.
  • the JAK inhibitor is a pan-JAK inhibitor.
  • the JAK inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of tofacitinib (Xeljanz), decernotinib, ruxolitinib, upadacitinib, baricitinib, filgotinib, lestaurtinib, pacritinib, peficitinib, momelotinib, INCB-039110, ABT- 494, INCB-047986 and AC-410.
  • the IL-6 antagonist is a STAT3 inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor is AZD9150 (AstraZeneca, Isis Pharmaceuticals), a STAT3 antisense molecule.
  • small molecule JAK inhibitors and STAT inhibitors are administered orally.
  • the inhibitor is administered once or twice a day at an oral dose of 0.1 – 1 mg, 1 – 10 mg, 10 – 20 mg, 20 – 30 mg, 30 – 40 mg, or 40 – 50 mg.
  • the inhibitor is administered once or twice a day at a dose of 50 – 60 mg, 60 – 70 mg, 70 – 80 mg, 80 – 90 mg, or 90 – 100 mg.
  • the inhibitor is administered at a dose of 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 mg PO once or twice a day. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is administered at a dose of 75 mg or 100 mg PO once or twice a day. 5.6.4.5 Hydroxychloroquine and Chloroquine [0275] In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering an anti-malarial agent. In certain embodiments, the anti-malarial agent is hydroxychloroquine. In certain embodiments, the anti-malarial agent is chloroquine.
  • the method further comprises administering a COVID-19 immune serum or plasma, or a composition comprising isolated or recombinantly expressed anti-SARS-CoV-2 antibodies having sequences derived from COVID-19 immune serum or plasma.
  • a kit comprising the DP1 receptor antagonist composition, as well as the related buffers or other components related to administration can be provided in separate containers and packaged as a kit, alone or along with separate containers of any of the other agents from any pre-conditioning or post-conditioning steps, and optional instructions for use.
  • the kit may comprise blistered packaging, ampoules, disposable syringes, capsules, vials, tubes, or the like.
  • the kit may comprise a single dose container or multiple dose containers comprising the embodiments herein.
  • each dose container may contain one or more unit doses.
  • the kit may include an applicator for localized or parenteral routes of administration.
  • the kits include all components needed for the various stages of treatment.
  • the compositions may have preservatives or be preservative-free (for example, in a single-use container).
  • the kit may comprise materials for intravenous administration.
  • the kit may comprise protamine in a separate container, which can be administered to rapidly neutralize anticoagulation due to unfractionated heparin (UFH).
  • the kit may comprise a nebulizer in a separate container, which can aerosolize the DP1 receptor antagonist composition for rapid and direct delivery to the lung.
  • pharmaceutical compositions including a DP1 receptor antagonist, at least one second therapeutic agent (e.g., as described herein), and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or excipient.
  • the composition can include DP1 receptor antagonist and an antiviral agent.
  • the composition includes remdesivir.
  • the composition includes favilavir.
  • the composition includes galidesivir.
  • the composition includes favipiravir. 5.7. Additional Embodiments [0278] Aspects of this disclosure are further described in the following numbered clauses: [0279] Clause 1. A method of treating a viral respiratory tract infection, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection. [0280] Clause 2.
  • a method of treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia comprising: administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
  • ALI acute lung injury
  • ARDS acute respiratory distress syndrome
  • ALI with concomitant pneumonia or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
  • Clause 15 The method of any one of clauses 1 to 14, wherein the subject has a body temperature of greater than 37.5 °C prior to first administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist.
  • Clause 16 The method of clause 15, wherein the method reduces the body temperature of the subject below pre-treatment levels.
  • Clause 17. The method of clause 8, wherein the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B.
  • Clause 18 The method of any one of clauses 1 to 17, wherein the subject also has a bacterial infection.
  • Clause 19 The method of clause 18, wherein the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease.
  • Clause 20 The method of any one of clauses 1 to 19, wherein the subject also has diarrhea.
  • Clause 21 A method of treating or preventing aging-related immune dysfunction, comprising: administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject having, or suspected of having, or at risk for aging-related immune dysfunction.
  • Clause 22 The method of clause 21, wherein the human subject is at least 50 years old, at least 60 years old, at least 65 years old, at least 70 years old, or at least 80 years old.
  • Clause 23 The method of clause 21, wherein the human subject is at least 50 years old, at least 60 years old, at least 65 years old, at least 70 years old, or at least 80 years old.
  • Clause 24 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 22, wherein the subject has, or is identified as having, altered peripheral blood neutrophil levels, elevated levels of neutrophil activation, and/or elevated levels of neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood.
  • Clause 24 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 23, wherein the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated absolute neutrophil count or elevated neutrophil markers in peripheral blood.
  • Clause 25 The method of clause 24, wherein the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated myeloid to lymphoid ratio.
  • Clause 26 The method of clause 24, wherein the human subject has, or is identified as having, a pre-treatment absolute neutrophil count (ANC) of greater than 6,000.
  • ANC pre-treatment absolute neutrophil count
  • Clause 28 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 26, wherein the human subject has, or is identified as having, lymphopenia.
  • Clause 28 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 27, wherein the human subject has, or is identified as having, decreased levels of type 2 interferon (gamma interferon).
  • Clause 29 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 28, where the subject is identified as suffering from inflammaging, immunosenescence and/or age-related decline in immune function.
  • Clause 30 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 29, where the subject has a viral or bacterial infection.
  • Clause 31 The method of clause 30, where the subject has an acute viral respiratory infection.
  • Clause 32 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 26, wherein the human subject has, or is identified as having, lymphopenia.
  • Clause 33 The method of clause 32, wherein the virus is a coronavirus selected from 229E, NL63, OC43, HKU1, SARS-CoV, MERS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19).
  • Clause 34 The method of clause 32, wherein the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B.
  • Clause 35 The method of any one of clauses 30 to 34, wherein the subject has a bacterial infection. [0314] Clause 36.
  • Clause 37 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist inhibits neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood.
  • Clause 38 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist reduces the subject’s peripheral blood neutrophil levels below pre-treatment levels.
  • Clause 39 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts dendritic cell function in the subject.
  • Clause 40 The method of clause 39, further comprising determining level of CCR7 in a sample of the subject as a marker of dendritic cell function.
  • Clause 41 The method of any one of clauses 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts NK cell function in the subject.
  • Clause 42 The method of clause 41, further comprising determining level of gamma interferon in a sample of the subject as a marker of NK cell function.
  • Clause 43 A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating a viral respiratory tract infection in a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection.
  • Clause 44 Use of a DP1 receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a viral respiratory tract infection in a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection.
  • a DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating or preventing aging- related immune dysfunction in a human subject having, suspected of having, or at risk for aging-related immune dysfunction is used in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing aging-related immune dysfunction in a human subject having, suspected of having, or at risk for aging-related immune dysfunction.
  • Clause 47. A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating a treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
  • ALI acute lung injury
  • ARDS acute respiratory distress syndrome
  • ALI acute respiratory distress syndrome
  • Clause 49 A method of treating or alleviating a serious symptom induced by an inflammation effect of respiratory tract infection, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject.
  • Clause 50 The method of clause 49, wherein the symptom induced by an inflammation effect is diarrhea.
  • Clause 51 The method of any one of clauses 49 or 50, where the respiratory tract infection is an acute viral respiratory infection.
  • Clause 52 The method of any one of clauses 49 or 50, where the respiratory tract infection is an acute viral respiratory infection.
  • Clause 53 The method of clause 52, wherein the virus is a coronavirus selected from 229E, NL63, OC43, HKU1, SARS-CoV, MERS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19).
  • Clause 54 The method of clause 52, wherein the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B.
  • Clause 55 The method of any one of clauses 49 to 54, wherein the subject has a bacterial infection.
  • Clause 56 The method of clause 55, wherein the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease.
  • Clause 57 The method of any one of clauses 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist inhibits neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood.
  • Clause 58 The method of any one of clauses 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist reduces the subject’s peripheral blood neutrophil levels below pre-treatment levels.
  • Clause 59 The method of any one of clauses 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts dendritic cell function in the subject.
  • Clause 60 Clause 60.
  • Clause 61 The method of any one of clauses 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts NK cell function in the subject.
  • Clause 62 The method of clause 61, further comprising determining level of gamma interferon in a sample of the subject as a marker of NK cell function.
  • a method of vaccinating a subject comprising: co-administering a vaccine and an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject, wherein the subject’s immune response to the vaccine is augmented as compared to vaccination in the absence of the DP1 receptor antagonist.
  • Clause 64 The method of clause 63, wherein the vaccine protects against a viral respiratory tract infection.
  • Clause 65 The method of clause 64, wherein the viral respiratory tract infection is selected from coronavirus, influenza virus A or influenza virus B, parainfluenza virus, respiratory adenovirus, rhinovirus, boca virus and metapneumovirus.
  • Clause 67 The method of any one of clauses 63 to 66, wherein the subject has, or is suspected of having, or is at risk of aging-related immune dysfunction.
  • Clause 68 The method of any one of clauses 63 to 66, wherein the human subject is at least 50 years old, at least 60 years old, at least 65 years old, at least 70 years old, or at least 80 years old.
  • Clause 68 The method any one of clauses 63 to 67, further comprising assessing humoral immune response to the vaccine in the subject.
  • Clause 69 A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating a diarrhea in a human subject having, or suspected of having, inflammation induced diarrhea.
  • Clause 70 Use of a DPI receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a diarrhea in a human subject having, or suspected of having, inflammation induced diarrhea.
  • Clause 71 The method of any one of clauses 1 to 42 or 49 to 68, or the use of any one of clauses 43 to 48 or 69 to 70, wherein the DPI receptor antagonist is a compound represented by the following general formula (I): wherein: the ring A is an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring; the ring B is a nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a nitrogencontaining aromatic heterocyclic ring; the ring C is an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring;
  • R1 is hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, cyano or a carboxy equivalent;
  • R2 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, mercapto, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted alkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycl
  • R3 is a hydrogen atom, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio, optionally substituted arylthio or optionally substituted heteroarylthio;
  • R4 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, mercapto, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted alkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycl
  • R5 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkyloxy, oxo, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group;
  • M is carbonyl or sulfonyl
  • Y is a single bond, optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or — N(R6) — ;
  • LI, L2 and L3 are independently a single bond, optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), optionally substituted alkenylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), optionally substituted alkynylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) or — N(R7) — ;
  • R6 and R7 are independently a hydrogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, acyl, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; k is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; n is 0, 1 or 2; and q is 0, 1, 2 or 3; provided that a) k is not 0 when the ring B is a 6-membered nitrogencontaining heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atom(s), and the ring C is a benzene ring, b) the ring C is not an indole ring or an azaindole ring, c) R1 is not carboxy when the ring C is a benzene ring, -L3- is — (O-alkylene)-, and the substituting position of L
  • R2A and R2B are each independently a hydrogen atom or , wherein at least one of R2A or R2B is
  • R2C is selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, NO2 , CN,
  • R2D is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom,
  • R2E is a hydrogen atom
  • R5 is an alkyl group; n is 0 or 1; and
  • R3 is optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted alkylthio; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 74 The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 75 The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 76 The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 77 The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 78 Clause 78.
  • Clause 73 The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 79 The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 80 The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 81 The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 82 The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 83 The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Clause 86 The method or use of clause 85, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered twice a day.
  • Clause 87 The method or use of clause 85 or 86, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered three times a day.
  • Clause 88 The method or use of any one of clauses 85 to 87, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is from 50 mg to 200mg.
  • Clause 89 The method or use of clause 88, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 50mg.
  • Clause 90 The method or use of use of clause 88 or 89, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 100 mg.
  • Clause 91 The method or use of any one of clauses 88 to 90, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 150mg.
  • Clause 92 The method or use of any one of clauses 88 to 91, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 200mg.
  • Clause 93 The method or use of any one of clauses 88 to 92, wherein the daily dose is a fed dose. 6.
  • Example 1 Bioinformatic analyses of human cohort data demonstrate increased neutrophil abundance/activity with age and that higher levels of neutrophil markers are associated with increased risk of RTI and all-cause mortality in elderly people [0374] A survival predictor model was used to identify and examine the relationship between signals for neutrophil-associated genes and future risk of all-cause mortality in human healthy aging cohorts, using clinical outcome data proprietary to those cohorts and proteomics data generated on archived samples. [0375] Methods: [0376] Serum and/or plasma samples from people of different ages, and at follow-up intervals of around 20 years, were interrogated using untargeted proteomics and transcriptomics. Multivariable linear regression models were fit to model the associations of transcript levels and protein levels with age.
  • FIG.1 shows a graph of results from the blood transcriptomics analysis. Mortality hazard ratios are plotted for genes associated with gene ontology categories of (1) neutrophil degranulation (GO:0043312), (2) neutrophil mediated immunity (GO:0002446), and (3) neutrophil activation involved in immune response (GO:0002283).
  • FIG.2 illustrates the design of nasal allergen challenge study. Subjects were treated with allergen (standardized extract of grass pollen) and then screened for 14 days for inclusion.
  • Subject Exclusion Criteria included: • Current or recent past abusers of alcohol (alcohol consumption > 40 grams/day), or those with a positive alcohol breath test at screening or current user or recent past abuser of illicit drugs (amphetamines, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, cannabis, cocaine, opiates). • Those who have participated in a clinical trial involving an investigational or marketed drug within 3 months of screening. • Those not willing to discontinue grapefruit whole or juice consumption during the study. • Female patients of childbearing potential (defined as premenopausal or with menstruation in the last 12 months in the absence of either hysterectomy or surgical sterilisation) without acceptable contraceptive measures (i.e.
  • Nasal allergen challenge • Escalation of allergen doses up to the dose which achieved PD100 during the screening test was performed. • Anterior rhinomanometry was performed at 4, 8, and 12 minutes after each dose of allergen. After the dose which achieved PD100 during the screening test, anterior rhinomanometry was performed at 4 min, 8 min, 12 min, 20 min, 30 min, 60 min, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr and 8 hr. • Acoustic rhinometry was performed after the dose which achieved PD100 during the screening test, acoustic rhinometry was performed at 20 min, 30 min, 60 min, 2 hr, 4hr, 6 hr, 8 hr.
  • Nasal allergic rhinitis symptoms were noted 12 min, 20 min, 30 min, 60 min, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr and 8 hr after the PD100 allergen challenge dose.
  • Nasal lavage samples were collected 8 hours after the PD100 dose and after the other evaluations for collection of inflammatory cells.
  • Nasal Peak Inspiratory Flow was measured using a nasal peak flow meter at 20 min, 30 min, 60 min, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr and 8 hr post challenge. [0411] The procedures undertaken at Day 7 were repeated on Day 9. [0412] Performing of the Nasal allergen challenge and sampling of lavage from the subjects.
  • Nasal lavage was performed with saline using a 10 ml syringe attached to an olive, sensing with 3ml of saline at 37°C. Subjects were seated in a forward flexed neck position (60°C from the upright position) to prevent fluid from reaching the nasopharynx. To ensure adequate washing the lavage fluid (6ml – 2 x 3ml) was passed slowly into each nostril and then left to dwell for 30 seconds. The fluid was then flushed and withdrawn back into the syringe 5-10 times. [0413] Preparation of the samples. [0414] Processing of Nasal Lavage Samples • The lavage was passed through a 100 ⁇ m nylon mesh filter (BD Bioscience Cat No.
  • Cytospin preparation • The cell pellet was re-suspended in 2 ml of 0.01% dithiothreitol in 1x PBS (ref SIGMA n° D8537). Samples were gently agitated on a rolling mixer for 10 minutes and then centrifuged. The supernatant was discarded. • The cells were re-suspend in 200 ⁇ l PBS to estimate cells number and adjusted to 400 ⁇ l PBS if necessary (depending on cell number).
  • cytospin slides were prepared(depending on cell number: 400 ⁇ l if higher than 10.104 cells/ml) (Poly-L-lysine slide) from each sample using an equal amount of cell suspension into the assembled cytocentrifuge funnel unit and centrifuging at 500 rpm for 6 minutes in a Shandon II cytocentrifuge. • The cytospins were air dried over night at room temperature and store in aluminium foil at -20°C until required for future processing. [0416] Two initial cytospin slides were prepared and checked to ensure the correct cell density had been achieved for a particular patient. This was evaluated by gross visual examination. Ideally there was an excess of 400 cells per slide but not overlapping so they were easily distinguished from one another.
  • the total cell count was estimated using an improved Neubauer haemocytometer (Glaswarenfabrik, Sondheim, Germany).
  • the volume of cell suspension 50- 75 ⁇ l of less than half million cells per ml was altered and more cytospins created until acceptable.
  • Cells were stained with Diff quick stain and differential cell counts determined by assessment of 400 leucocytes on the cytospin. If 10-20 cells are noted in the grid then 4 cytospins were created, but if less than 10 is noted in the grid then 2 cytospins were created.
  • Nasal lavage cytospin slides were air dried overnight 2. Immersed in fixative for 30 seconds 3. Without rinsing or drying, transferred slides to solution B and stain for 30 seconds by immersing and withdrawing the slide several times 4. Tapped off excess solution B, transfer the slide to solution C and stain for 1 minute by immersing and withdrawing the slide several times 5. Rinsed in running tap water and allow to air dry 6. Staining was examined under the microscope to check the quality. If more intense staining was required, returned to solution C for an appropriate period of time 7. Once dry, mounted with Pertex and coverslip 8. Performed a differential cell count on a maximum of 400 cells.
  • Solution B 0.03g light green (CI42095) in distilled water
  • Solution C saturated solution of saponin in 50% ethanol
  • Solution D 0.07M sodium phosphate buffer pH 6.4
  • Vortexed mix the following proportions of the above stock solutions.
  • ECP measurement [0427] ECP levels were determined using a commercial assay kit 7618E from MBL (Nagoya, Japan). The lavage supernatant was diluted 1:1 with the assay buffer prior to analysis (as suggested on page 4 in assay instructions). Any samples that yielded a value exceeding the upper limit of the standard curve were further diluted to bring them within the limits of the standard curve. [0428] Criteria for Evaluation: [0429] Efficacy endpoints [0430] Primary Endpoint: Change in total NAR after PD100 challenge at Day 7 on active and placebo treatments.
  • Secondary Endpoints Change in total NAR after PD100 challenge at Day 9 on active and placebo treatments. Change in total nasal allergic rhinitis symptom scores (total symptom score) after PD100 challenge at Days 7 and 9 on active and placebo treatments. Changes in nasal cross-sectional area, nasal volume and nasal inspiratory flow after PD100 challenge at Days 7 and 9 on active and placebo treatments. [0432] Exploratory Endpoints: Change in inflammatory cell counts in nasal lavage after PD100 challenge at Days 7 and 9 on active and placebo treatments. [0433] PK Endpoints: Plasma levels of BGE-175 (S-555739) at Day 7: 24 hr and Day 9: 72 hr post dose.
  • FIG.5 shows the results from the Phase 2 nasal allergen challenge study for placebo versus BGE-175 (S-555739) treated groups. Individual data shown identifying samples with blood contamination and neutrophil ⁇ 10% that were excluded from the analysis. See example 2 of the experimental section.
  • Changes in inflammatory cell counts in nasal lavage after allergen challenge demonstrate that administration of BGE-175 reduced neutrophil levels in human subjects under an immune challenge.
  • BGE-175, a DP1 receptor inhibitor reduces neutrophil trafficking to sites of allergic inflammation in human subjects.
  • BGE-175 and other DP1 receptor antagonists will attenuate aging-related dysfunction in circulating neutrophil levels, activation, and trafficking, and will be useful in treating respiratory tract infection in aged individuals.
  • the data also predict that BGE-175 and other DP1 receptor antagonists will be useful in treating other diseases and conditions in which aging-related immune dysfunction contributes to morbidity and mortality.
  • Example 3 Bioinformatic analyses further support DP1 inhibition in treating aging-related immune dysfunction
  • Multivariable linear regression models were fit to model the associations of transcript levels and protein levels with age.
  • Multivariable cox proportional hazards models were fit to model the associations of transcript levels and protein levels with longevity. The relationships to age and longevity of specific genes and proteins whose levels are indicative of the number and functional status of different immune cell types were examined.
  • BIOAGE human healthy aging cohort data further indicates that CCR7 expression significantly decreases with age and decreased RNA expression levels of CCR7 in whole blood was associated with significantly increased all-cause mortality in elderly people.
  • CCR7 is important for dendritic cell maturation and homing to lymph nodes. Decrease in CCR7 can lead to a decrease in the dendritic cell function at the site of infection.
  • Our analysis of the BIOAGE human healthy aging cohort data further indicates that circulating IFN- ⁇ levels decrease with age. In elderly people, lower circulating levels of IFN- ⁇ are associated with increased all-cause mortality. Adequate levels of IFN- ⁇ are required for the accumulation and activation of infection fighting NK cells in the lung.
  • FIGs.18A-D illustrate that expression of prostaglandin D2 synthase (PTGDS), and prostaglandin D2 receptor 1 (PTGDR), PLA2G2D, PGD2, 11 ⁇ -PGF2a increases in human samples with age.
  • PTGDS prostaglandin D2 synthase
  • PTGDR prostaglandin D2 receptor 1
  • PLA2G2D PLA2G2D
  • Expression of prostaglandin D2 genes (PTGDS, PTGDR) versus age in 103 healthy human lungs from GEO series GSE150910 (FIG.18A) and 578 lungs from the Genotype-Tissue Expression (GTEx) project FIG.18B).
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • RNA isolated from cells was assessed for transcript levels of the indicated genes in (FIG.18C). Levels of indicated prostaglandins in cell supernatants were measured by ELISA in (FIG.18D). Data in FIGs.18C-D are mean ⁇ s.e.m. P values determined by two-tailed Student’s t test (FIGs.18C-D).
  • Example 4 BGE-175 reduces mortality in SARS-CoV infected mice 4.1 Efficacy of BGE-175 in Mouse SARS-CoV-1 Infection Model [0457] The efficacy of BGE-175 was tested in a murine SARS infection model. [0458] The methods and murine models described by Roberts et al.
  • FIG.6 shows that BGE-175 administration reduces viral titer by about tenfold in the treated group compared to placebo group on day 5 after intranasal exposure to virus
  • FIG.7 shows that administration of BGE-175 resulted in 100% survival in the treated group, whereas only 14% of the placebo group survived 15 days after exposure to virus.
  • FIG.8 shows that the group treated with BGE-175 on days 2, 3, 4 and 5 post- exposure to virus, had significant improvement in maintaining original weight compared to the group that received placebo.
  • DP1 receptor antagonism by administration of BGE-175 elicits a potent protective response in a mouse model of SARS-CoV-1 challenge. In addition to fully protecting infected mice from death, treated mice show a significant decrease in morbidity as well as a significant reduction (about 10-fold) in viral titers.
  • Result [0487] The mean lung virus titer in the BGE-175-treated mice was 2,733,333 PFU/lung, as compared to 13,500,000 PFU/lung in the vehicle group, 5 days after intranasal exposure to virus, a 79.8% reduction (FIG.13). Mann-Whitney test; vehicle vs. BGE-175 treatment; **, p ⁇ 0.01.
  • DP1 receptor antagonism by administration of BGE-175 elicits a potent protective response in a K18-hACE2 transgenic mouse model of SARS-CoV-2 viral challenge. In addition to near full protection of infected mice from death, treated mice show a significant reduction (about 79.8%) in viral titers.
  • 4.3 Efficacy of BGE-175 in mouse-adapted SARS-CoV-2 infected aged mice [0489] The efficacy of BGE-175 was assessed in a virulent mouse adapted SAR-CoV-2 strain model.
  • BGE-175 was administered to mice by oral gavage (PO: 30 mg/kg), starting two days after infection with 5000 PFU of SARS2-N501YMA30 and for 6 days thereafter (FIG.14A). For these experiments, middle-aged B6 mice were used, as well as 8-10 week old mice as controls. BGE-175 was administered at two days p.i. (post infection) because that is the time of peak virus replication, and is more relevant for using the drug clinically. In middle-aged mice infected with a lethal dose of rSARS2-N501YMA30, BGE-175 reduced mortality from 100% to ⁇ 10%, with concomitant effects on weight loss (FIG.14B).
  • FIG.14A Schematic showing time administration of BGE-175. Vehicle or BGE-175 was administered to infected mice orally from 2-8 days post infection (dpi).
  • FIG.15A Vehicle-treated group exhibited widespread oedema (*) with occasional hyaline membranes (arrows) whereas these features were uncommon in BGE-175-treated mice, H&E stain. Scale bar 20 ⁇ m.
  • Administration of BGE-175 converted a lethal infection to a sublethal infection in middle-aged mice infected with a lethal dose of rSARS2-N501Y MA30 in the mouse adapted SAR-CoV-2 strain model.
  • Example 5 DP1 Receptor antagonists Laropiprant and Vidupiprant reduce mortality in mouse-adapted SARS-CoV-2 infected mice versus DP2 Receptor Antagonist Fevipiprant [0492]
  • the efficacies of laropiprant and vidupiprant were assessed in a virulent mouse adapted SAR- CoV-2 strain model as described above. The activity of these DP1 antagonists was compared to that of the DP2 receptor antagonist fevipiprant in the mouse model.
  • FIGs.17 A-F show the results of administration of laropiprant (FIGs.17A-B), vidupiprant (FIGs.17C-D) or fevipiprant (FIGs.17E-F) in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model.
  • FIGs.17A, 17C, and 17E show graphs of mortality and % survival in the treated group versus vehicle group.
  • FIGs.17B, 17D, and 17F show graphs comparing % weight loss over time of the study for treated group versus vehicle group.
  • FIG.17A-F The results shown in FIGs.17A-F and in Example 4 above indicate that DP1 receptor antagonists reduce mortality in mouse-adapted SARS-CoV-2 infected mice in comparison to DP2 receptor antagonists.
  • Example 6 BGE-175 treatment enhances respiratory dendritic cell migration to draining lymph node in mouse-adapted SARS-CoV-2 infected mice
  • FIG.19 shows BGE-175 treatment enhanced rDC migration to draining lymph node. Middle-aged C57BL/6 mice were instilled with CFSE intranasally 6 hours before infection with 5000 PFU of SARS2-N501YMA30.
  • FIGs.20A-B Numbers of immune cells in the blood (FIG.20A) and lung (FIG.
  • Example 7 BGE-175 reduces inflammation-induced diarrhea in guinea pig model
  • Respiratory virus infections can induce not only mild to severe respiratory diseases, but also systemic inflammation including intestinal mucosa that can lead to diarrhea.
  • Diarrhea is a common symptom in respiratory virus infections such as influenza A, MERS- CoV and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19).
  • the effects of BGE-175 on inflammation-induce diarrhea was evaluated in a guinea pig model.
  • Protocol [0501] 0.08% PGD2 was administered intraperitoneally to 6 week old guinea pigs. Diarrhea was observed 2 hours after administration of the PGD2 and a diarrhea score was calculated.
  • Example 8 Efficacy and Immune-Profiling of BGE-175 in Mouse Influenza Infection Models and Aged Mouse Vaccine Model 8.1 Efficacy and Immune-Profiling of BGE-175 (S-555739) in Aged Mouse Influenza Infection Model [0504] Rationale: ⁇ Example 4 demonstrates the BGE-175, a DP1 inhibitor, decreases mortality and morbidity, and reduces viral titers in SARS-CoV-1 infected mice. ⁇ Example 7 demonstrates that BGE-175 reduces PGD2-induced diarrhea in guinea pigs.
  • BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) immediately prior to (preventative treatment) intranasal infection with influenza virus and the mice are observed for 14 – 21 days for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score) and mortality. Equivalent groups of vehicle-treated mice serve as controls. After the initial dose, BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO administered on sequential days until first signs of severe morbidity are observed. Clinical scores are based on weight loss, appearance of ruffled fur, mobility, breathing rate, and hunched/huddled behaviors.
  • Study 1B Morbidity and mortality in influenza infection aged mouse model post- treated with BGE-175 (S-555739).
  • Aged C57BL/6 mice > 12 months are infected with Influenza A/California/2009, or other strain. Up to 12 mice are used per group, with a target mortality of 40 – 80% (20 – 60% survival) in the vehicle treated group.
  • BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) approximately two days post (therapeutic treatment) intranasal infection with influenza virus and the mice observed for 14 – 21 days for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score) and mortality. Equivalent groups of vehicle treated mice serve as controls.
  • BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO administered on sequential days until first signs of severe morbidity are observed. Clinical scores are based on weight loss, appearance of ruffled fur, mobility, breathing rate, and hunched/huddled behaviors. [0511]
  • Study 2 Immune-profiling in influenza infection aged mouse model. [0512] The immune-profile in total lung tissue of mice treated with BGE-175 (S-555739) is assessed. Aged female C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are infected with Influenza A/California/2009 or other strain. Mice are treated with BGE-175 (S-555739) according to the dosing schedule presented in Study 1A or Study 1B, and up to 7 days post infection.
  • mice are sacrificed and total lung tissue is collected and assessed by flow cytometry and/or Luminex/ELISA for the profiling of leukocyte populations and chemokines/cytokines, respectively.
  • Leukocyte populations that are assessed in the lungs include neutrophils, macrophages, DCs, and lymphocytes.
  • BGE-175 (S-555739) in Young Mouse Influenza Infection Model
  • BGE-175 was assessed in a young mouse influenza infection model. C57BL/6 mice (7 weeks) were infected with Influenza A strain (A/PR/8/34), 5.0 ⁇ 10 2 TCID50/mouse (intra-nasally). BGE-175 was administered (30 mg/kg, PO, BID) on days 2-6 post infection.
  • the lung weight was assessed on days 4, 6 and 7 post infection, by excising the lung tissue into a pre-weighed container.
  • FIGs.22A-B show graphs comparing lung weight (mg) or lung weight /bodyweight (mg/g) between BGE-175 treated mice versus vehicle.
  • the BGE-175 treated mice exhibited a reduction in lung weight as compared to vehicle at day 6 post infection that continued to day 7, indicating treatment with BGE-175 ameliorates inflammatory states (i.e., infiltration of inflammatory cells, edema) in infected lung.
  • a second experiment was performed to assess BGE-175 in the young mouse influenza infection model. C57BL/6 mice (6 weeks) were infected with Influenza A strain (A/PR/8/34), 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 TCID50/mouse (intra-nasally).
  • FIG.22C show a graph comparing lung weight (mg) between BGE-175 treated mice versus vehicle versus non-infected mice. The graph confirms that BGE-175 inhibited the increase of lung weight observed in the young mouse influenza infection model at 7 days post infection, indicating treatment with BGE-175 ameliorates inflammatory states (i.e., infiltration of inflammatory cells, edema) in infected lung.
  • BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) prior to KLH injection, and the mice treated with BGE-175 (S- 555739) daily for up to the duration of the study ( ⁇ 17 days). Mice are monitored daily for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score). Equivalent groups of KLH-injected, vehicle- treated animals serve as controls. At 17 days post vaccination, the humoral immune response is quantified by measuring the total vaccine-specific IgG antibody titers in the blood by ELISA. [0523] Study 1B: Humoral response in KLH vaccine aged mouse model post-treated with BGE-175 (S-555739).
  • mice Aged C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are intravascularly injected with KLH (0.04 mg/g). Up to 12 mice are used per group.
  • BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) 2 days after KLH injection, and the mice treated with BGE- 175 (S-555739) daily for up to the duration of the study ( ⁇ 15 days). Mice are monitored daily for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score). Equivalent groups of KLH-injected, vehicle-treated animals serve as controls.
  • the humoral immune response is quantified by measuring the total vaccine-specific IgG antibody titers in the blood by ELISA.
  • Study 2A Humoral response in influenza TIV 2019/20 vaccine aged mouse model pre-treated with BGE-175 (S-555739).
  • Aged C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are intramuscularly injected with the TIV 2019/20 influenza vaccine, and similarly boost vaccinated 21 days after initial vaccination. Up to 12 mice are used per group.
  • BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) prior to TIV 2019/20 vaccine injection ( ⁇ Day -1 – 0), and the mice treated with BGE-175 (S-555739) daily for the duration of the study. Mice are monitored daily for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score).
  • TIV 2019/20 vaccine injected, vehicle treated animals serve as controls.
  • the humoral immune response is quantified via hemagglutination inhibition assay (HAI) at three time points: Pre-primary vaccination / BGE-175 (S-555739) administration, Day 20 (day prior to boosting) and Day 42 (21 days post boost vaccination).
  • HAI hemagglutination inhibition assay
  • Study 2B Humoral response in influenza TIV 2019/20 vaccine aged mouse model post-treated with BGE-175 (S-555739).
  • Aged C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are intramuscularly injected with the TIV 2019/20 influenza vaccine (dose TBD), and similarly boost vaccinated 21 days after initial vaccination. Up to 12 mice are used per group.
  • BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) 2 days post TIV 2019/20 vaccine injection, and the mice treated with BGE-175 (S-555739) daily for the duration of the study. Mice are monitored daily for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score). Equivalent groups of TIV 2019/20 vaccine injected, vehicle treated animals serve as controls. The humoral immune response is quantified via hemagglutination inhibition assay (HAI) at three time points: Pre- primary vaccination / BGE-175 (S-555739) administration, Day 20 (day prior to boosting) and Day 42 (21 days post boost vaccination).
  • HAI hemagglutination inhibition assay
  • BGE-175 for treatment and prevention of COVID-19 infection in aged hospitalized patients
  • BGE-175 is evaluated in a Phase 2 clinical trial to confirm that directly targeting immune aging by administration of BGE-175 improves clinical outcomes in older hospitalized COVID-19 patients. Although most patients present with fever or respiratory symptoms, many patients report a gastrointestinal symptom, including lack of appetite, diarrhea, vomiting, and abdominal pain. BGE-175 is also evaluated to confirm that inhibition of the DP1 receptor ameliorates and/or improves one or more such gastrointestinal symptoms associated with infection.
  • Study Title [0530] A Multicenter, Randomized, Double-blind, Placebo-controlled, Explorative Phase IIa Study to Investigate the Efficacy and Safety of BGE-175 in Hospitalized Patients Over Sixty Years of Age With COVID-19 [0531] Study Design Summary [0532] This is a randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, multicenter, double-blind study of BGE-175 administered PO or NG in patients ⁇ 60 years of age hospitalized with documented COVID-19 infection who are not yet in RF.
  • Subjects are monitored daily for all relevant efficacy outcomes, O2 saturation and adverse events. Blood is drawn periodically for safety laboratories, plasma kinetics, viral load, ex vivo stimulation with PGD2, lymphocyte subsets, CRP, and cytokines (see study flow chart). Patients are monitored for 14 days after completion of last dose (Day 28) and followed through Day 57. [0534] Objectives: [0535] Primary • To evaluate the efficacy of BGE-175 given by oral (PO) or nasogastric tube (NG) administration versus placebo on the clinical signs and symptoms of COVID-19 infection in hospitalized patients ⁇ 60 years of age.
  • PO oral
  • NG nasogastric tube
  • BGE-175 Secondary • To evaluate the ability of BGE-175 given by PO or NG administration to accelerate the clearance of the COVID-19 virus in patients with symptomatic disease requiring hospitalization • To determine the efficacy of BGE-175 by demonstrating improvement in COVID-19 illness and prevention of progression to respiratory failure (RF) using various endpoints • To evaluate the safety profile of BGE-175 given by PO or NG administration in patients ⁇ 60 years of age hospitalized with COVID-19 infection [0537] Other • To investigate the effect of BGE-175 on immune markers of COVID-19 infection including: IL-6, CRP, IL-10, tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF- ⁇ ), interferon gamma (IFN- ⁇ ) , interferon alpha (IFN- ⁇ ), IFN- ⁇ -induced protein 10 (IP-10) monocyte chemoattractant protein-1 (MCP-1), CD4+ and CD8+ T cells, and absolute lymphocyte count • Determine peak and trough concentrations of study drug after first dose and at steady state, and
  • RF defined by requiring at least one of the following: • Endotracheal intubation and mechanical ventilation • O 2 delivered by high-flow nasal cannula at flow rates > 20 L/min with fraction of delivered O2 ⁇ 0.5 • Noninvasive positive pressure ventilation (NIPPV) • Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) • Clinical diagnosis of RF (i.e., need for one of the preceding therapies, but preceding therapies are not being administered because they are unavailable in the current setting) b. Hemodynamic compromise (defined by systolic blood pressure ⁇ 90 mm Hg, or diastolic blood pressure ⁇ 60 mm Hg) or requiring vasopressors c.
  • NIPPV Noninvasive positive pressure ventilation
  • ECMO Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
  • Multi-organ dysfunction/failure 7 Females subjects of childbearing potential must have a negative pregnancy test at screening or pre-treatment on Day 1 8. Male and female subjects of childbearing potential must agree to use methods of contraception that are consistent with local regulations for those participating in clinical studies. [0541] Exclusion: 1. Participation in any other randomized, controlled clinical trial of an experimental treatment for COVID-19 (uncontrolled, sexual use trials are allowed) 2. In the opinion of the investigator, progression to death is imminent and inevitable within the next 24 hours, irrespective of the provision of treatments 3. Currently participating in a vaccination trial for SARS-CoV-2 4. Subject requires O2 administration by high flow nasal cannula (> 20 L/min) 5. Positive influenza test at screening 6.
  • HCV human immunodeficiency virus
  • HCV Hepatitis C virus
  • Subjects who are positive for Hepatitis C but have Hepatitis C virus (HCV) RNA below the limit of quantitation may be enrolled.
  • Subjects with Hepatitis B, but with undetectable viral load, may be enrolled.
  • Stage 4 severe chronic kidney disease i.e., estimated glomerular filtration rate [eGFR] ⁇ 30 mL/min) or acute renal failure resulting in eGFR ⁇ 30 mL/min 10.
  • Serious co-morbidity including: a. Myocardial infarction (within the last month) b. Moderate or severe heart failure (New York Heart Association [NYHA] class III or IV) c. Acute stroke (within the last month) d. Uncontrolled malignancy.
  • Uncontrolled malignancy would include cancers that are not considered in remission, or solid tumor or hematological malignancies with evidence of disease progression in the past 3 months (i.e., there is evidence disease progression by Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumours [RECIST] or equivalent relevant criterion for the type of malignancy), and are not considered effectively managed with ongoing treatment as determined by the investigator e.
  • Recent severe thromboembolic disease or evidence of severe thromboembolic disease defined as a current large vessel thromboembolic event or a thromboembolic event within the past 3 months (e.g., deep vein thrombosis [DVT], pulmonary embolism, ischemic stroke, transient ischemic attack) requiring interventional treatment.
  • the subject During study conduct, if the subject has not eaten within ⁇ 30 minutes then the subject doses with four 50 mg tablets of BGE-175 (200 mg ) or matching placebo. Subjects continue to dose at approximately the same time each day with 100 mg (if within 30 minutes of eating) or 200 mg (if not within 30 minutes of eating) for 13 additional days. Time of dosing in relation to meal is documented. Subjects continue dosing for 14 days, including if they are discharged or if the subject progresses to respiratory failure. Subjects taking nothing by mouth (NPO) take study medication at approximately the same time they received prior daily doses.
  • NPO nothing by mouth
  • Intent-to-Treat (ITT)/Full Analysis Set (FAS): All randomized subjects are assessed in the ITT/FAS population for efficacy; subjects are analyzed as randomized.
  • the Modified Intent-to-Treat population (mITT) excludes randomized untreated subjects and randomized ineligible subjects. The mITT is the primary efficacy population.
  • Per-protocol Further exclusion criteria is applied to the mITT population to exclude subjects with major protocol deviations as judged by clinical/biostatistical study personnel prior to database lock. This population i formed only if > 5% of subjects would be excluded.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

Methods of treating viral respiratory tract infections, and methods of treating dysregulated immune response in aged and aging patients are provided, the methods comprising administering an effective amount of a PGD2 DP1 receptor antagonist.

Description

USE OF DP1 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF VIRAL RESPIRATORY TRACT INFECTIONS AND DYSREGULATED IMMUNE RESPONSE IN AGED AND AGING PATIENTS
1. CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/068,983, filed August 21, 2020, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference.
[0002] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/080,570, filed September 18, 2020, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference.
[0003] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/147,673, filed February 9, 2021, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference.
[0004] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/174,388, filed April 13, 2021, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference.
[0005] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/221,867, filed July 14, 2021, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference.
2. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0006] In patients with acute viral respiratory tract infection, mortality is positively correlated with age. For seasonal influenza in 2018-2019, although 65% of symptomatic cases were in individuals below the age of 50, 77% of hospitalizations and 91% of influenza associated deaths were in patients 50 years old or over. The same phenomenon is observed in the COVID-19 pandemic. Although 61% of confirmed COVID-19 cases are in individuals below the age of 50, 95% of COVID-19 associated deaths are in patients who are 50 years old or over. SARS and MERS also show age-dependent increases in severity. No patient under the age of 24 years succumbed to SARS-CoV during the 2002-2003 epidemic, while 50% of those over 65 years died from the infection. Although some of the increased morbidity and mortality can be attributed to increased frailty, much of the increased morbidity and mortality appears attributable to reduced and altered immune responses in aged individuals.
[0007] Methods of treating acute viral respiratory tract infections, such as COVID-19, especially in aged patients, are needed.
3. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0008] We applied bioinformatic and machine learning approaches using survival predictor models to analyze human data and discovered that neutrophil abundance and activity increases with age, and that there is an association of higher levels of neutrophil markers and increased risk of respiratory tract infection (RTI) and all-cause mortality in elderly people. [0009] BGE-175 (asapiprant, also known as S-555739) is a potent, orally administrable small molecule inhibitor of the PGD2 DP1 receptor, which has demonstrated clinical activity and safety in more than a dozen clinical trials, including several Phase 2 and Phase 3 trials for allergic rhinitis. These trials demonstrated clear target engagement with the DP1 receptor and inhibition of PGD2 signaling. Unpublished results from a nasal allergen challenge trial demonstrate that BGE-175 has neutrophil-reducing effects in human subjects. Preclinical studies demonstrate that administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist, such as BGE-175, inhibits neutrophil migration and that DP1 inhibition boosts dendritic cell function, both of which counteract aspects of immune aging. [0010] Collectively, these observations predict that BGE-175 and other DP1 receptor inhibitors will be effective in treating respiratory tract infection (RTI) in aged individuals, including aged human subjects with COVID-19. [0011] Consistent with that prediction, we have now directly demonstrated that DP1 receptor antagonists including BGE-175, laropiprant and vidupiprant, reduce mortality in a mouse model of infection with SARS-CoV, while a selective DP2 receptor antagonist, fevipiprant, does not. We have further demonstrated that BGE-175 shows efficacy in other viral infection models, including mouse models of influenza infection. [0012] We have further demonstrated that BGE-175 attenuates PGD2-induced diarrhea; diarrhea is a frequent symptom in respiratory tract infections. [0013] Further bioinformatics analyses predict that inhibition of DP1 should also be effective in addressing other diseases driven by immune aging. [0014] Accordingly, in a first aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of treating a viral respiratory tract infection. The method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection. [0015] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating or alleviating a pre-treatment symptom associated with an inflammation effect of viral and/or bacterial infection, such as diarrhea, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject. [0016] In another aspect, methods are provided for treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia, the method comprising administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia. [0017] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating or preventing aging-related immune dysfunction, comprising administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject, having, or suspected of having, aging-related immune dysfunction. * * * [0018] In some embodiments, the disease or condition is a viral and/or bacterial infection. Also included are methods of treating a human subject who has or is at risk of acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia by administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist. In some embodiments, the human subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated absolute neutrophil count or elevated neutrophil markers. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 60 years old. 4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0019] These and other features, aspects, and advantages of the present invention will become better understood with regard to the following description, and accompanying drawings, where: [0020] FIG.1 shows results from a blood transcriptomics analysis, including a plot of hazard ratios (mortality) for genes associated with gene ontology (GO) categories of (1) neutrophil degranulation, (2) neutrophil mediated immunity, and (3) neutrophil activation involved in immune response. False Discovery Rate (FDR) < 0.1 for mortality (612 genes). [0021] FIG.2 illustrates the design of the Phase 2 nasal allergen challenge study of BGE-175 (S-555739) described in greater detail in Example 2 of the experimental section. [0022] FIG.3 shows graphs of a first analysis of the results from the Phase 2 nasal allergen challenge study for placebo versus BGE-175 (S-555739) treated groups (unpaired values and blood contaminated samples (n=1) excluded). See Example 2 of the experimental section. [0023] FIG.4 shows graphs of a second analysis of the results from the Phase 2 nasal allergen challenge study for placebo versus BGE-175 (S-555739) treated groups (unpaired values, blood contaminated samples (n=1), and <10% neutrophils at baseline (n=2) excluded). See Example 2 of the experimental section. [0024] FIG.5 shows the results from the Phase 2 nasal allergen challenge study for placebo versus BGE-175 (S-555739) treated groups. Individual data shows identifying samples with blood contamination and neutrophil <10% that were excluded from the analysis. See Example 2 of the experimental section. [0025] FIG.6 shows that BGE-175 reduces lung viral titer in SARS-CoV infected mice. BGE-175 administration reduces viral titer by about tenfold in the treated group compared to placebo group on day 5 following intranasal exposure to 2×105 SARS-CoV-1 (MA15) infectious particles in a murine SARS infection model. See Example 4.1 of the experimental section. [0026] FIG.7 shows that BGE-175 reduces mortality in SARS-CoV infected mice. The administration of BGE-175 resulted in 100% survival in the treated group whereas less than 20% of the placebo group survived, 15 days after exposure to exposure to 2×105 SARS-CoV- 1 (MA15) infectious particles in a murine SARS infection model. See Example 4.1 of the experimental section. [0027] FIG.8 illustrates that BGE-175 reduces weight loss in SARS-CoV infected mice. The graph indicates that the group treated with BGE-175 on days 2, 3, 4 and 5, post exposure to virus, had significant improvement in maintaining original weight compared to the group that received placebo. See Example 4.1 of the experimental section. [0028] FIG.9 shows that BGE-175 administration in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model resulted in 100% survival in the treated group, whereas only 40% of the placebo group and untreated group survived 14 days after exposure to virus. Log-rank (mantel-cox) test; vehicle vs BGE-175 treatment; *, p <0.05. See Example 4.2, Study 1 of the experimental section. [0029] FIG.10 shows efficacy of BGE-175 in maintaining weight in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model. The group treated with BGE-175 on days 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 post- exposure to virus, showed improvement in maintaining original weight compared to the group that received placebo or that was untreated. See Example 4.2, Study 1 of the experimental section. [0030] FIG.11 shows that BGE-175 administration in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model, resulted in 85% survival in the treated group, whereas none of the mice in the placebo group survived 13 days after exposure to virus. Log-rank (mantel-cox) test; vehicle vs BGE- 175 treatment; ***, p < 0.0001. See Example 4.2, Study 2 of the experimental section. [0031] FIG.12 shows, in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model, that the group treated with BGE-175, on days 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 post-exposure to virus had reduced original weight after exposure to the virus on days 2-9, but exhibited improvement in % original weight on days 10-12. See Example 4.2, Study 2 of the experimental section. [0032] FIG.13 shows that BGE-175 administration reduces viral titer in the treated group compared to placebo group on day 5 after intranasal exposure to virus in a mouse SARS- CoV-2 infection model. See Example 4.2, Study 3 of the experimental section. [0033] FIGs.14 A-C show the effect of BGE-175 on the survival of mice infected with SARS-CoV-2. FIG.14A shows the dosing schedule of BGE-175 or vehicle post infection. FIG.14B shows a graph illustrating the beneficial effect BGE-175 has on the weight and survivability of mice infected with SARS-CoV-2. FIG 14C shows the infectious viral titers detected by plaque assay in the lungs of vehicle-treated or BGE-175-treated mice. [0034] FIGs.15 A-B shows histological slides of vehicle-treated and BGE-175-treated mice after 5 days post infection (dpi). FIG.15B shows a graph with the quantification of the histological slides. FIG 15A are sample sections. [0035] FIG.16 shows graphs of the percentage of initial weight and survival of vehicle- or BGE-175-treated young C57BL/6 mice infected with SARS-CoV-2-N501YMA30 per mouse at various days post infection (dpi). [0036] FIGs.17A-F show the results of administration of laropiprant (FIGs.17A-B), vidupiprant (FIGs.17C-D) or fevipiprant (FIGs.17E-F) in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model. FIGs.17A, 17C, and 17E show mortality and % survival in the treated group versus vehicle group. FIGs.17B, 17D, and 17F show graphs comparing % weight loss over time of the study for treated group versus vehicle group. See Example 5 of the experimental section. [0037] FIGs.18 A-D illustrate that expression levels of prostaglandin D2 synthase (PTGDS), prostaglandin D2 receptor 1 (PTGDR), PLA2G2D, PGD2, and 11β-PGF2a increase in human lung tissue and dendritic cells with age. [0038] FIG.19 shows BGE-175 treatment enhanced rDC migration to draining lymph nodes in middle-aged C57BL/6 mice one and two days post infection with SARS2-N501YMA30. [0039] FIGs.20A-B illustrate numbers of immune cells in the lung (FIG.20A) or blood (FIG.20B) of middle-aged C57BL/6 mice after infection with SARS2-N501YMA30, with vehicle or BGE-175 treatment. [0040] FIG.21 shows the survival of 18-month old mice treated with BGE-175 versus vehicle in an aged mouse influenza infection model according to the regimen shown.4 of 10 mice survived 14 days post infection (dpi) versus in the BGE-175 treated group, whereas 1 out of 10 of the mice in the placebo group survived 14 days. See Example 8.1 of the experimental section. [0041] FIGs.22A-C show graphs comparing lung weights of BGE-175 treated mice versus vehicle and/or non-infected mice in a young mouse influenza infection model. BGE-175 inhibited the increase of lung weight in infected mice. 5. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION 5.1. Definitions [0042] Ranges: throughout this disclosure, various aspects of the invention are presented in a range format. Ranges include the recited endpoints. It should be understood that the description in range format is merely for convenience and brevity and should not be construed as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the invention. Accordingly, the description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible subranges as well as individual numerical values within that range. For example, description of a range such as from 1 to 6, should be considered to have specifically disclosed subranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, from 3 to 6, etc. as well as individual number within that range, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5.3, and 6. This applies regardless of the breadth of the range. [0043] In this disclosure, “comprises,” “comprising,” “containing,” “having,” “includes,” “including”, and linguistic variants thereof have the meaning ascribed to them in U.S. Patent law, permitting the presence of additional components beyond those explicitly recited. [0044] Unless specifically stated or apparent from context, as used herein, the terms “a”, “an”, and “the” are understood to be singular or plural. That is, the articles “a” and “an” are used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e., to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. By way of example, “an element” means one element or more than one element. [0045] Unless specifically stated or otherwise apparent from context, as used herein the term “about” is understood as within range of normal tolerance in the art, for example within 2 standard deviations of the mean, and is meant to encompass variations of ± 20% or ± 10%, more preferably ± 5%, even more preferably ± 1%, and still more preferably ± 0.1% from the stated value. Where a percentage is provided with respect to an amount of a component or material in a composition, the percentage should be understood to be a percentage based on weight, unless otherwise stated or understood from the context. [0046] The term “patient” refers to a human subject. [0047] The terms “treating,” “treatment,” and grammatical variations thereof are used in the broadest sense understood in the clinical arts. Accordingly, the terms do not require cure or complete remission of disease and encompass obtaining any clinically desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect, including improvement in physiologic measures associated with “normal”, non-pathologic, aging. [0048] Unless otherwise specified, “treating” and “treatment” do not encompass prophylaxis. [0049] The term “pre-treatment” means prior to the first administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist according the methods described herein. Pre-treatment does not exclude, and often includes, the prior administration of treatments other than a DP1 receptor antagonist. [0050] The term “post-treatment” means after the administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist according the methods described herein. Post-treatment includes after any administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist at any dosage described herein. Post-treatment also includes after a bolus treatment phase of a DP1 receptor antagonist, and also after a continuous administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist at any dosage described herein. [0051] The phrase “therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal or other subject for treating a disease, condition, or disorder, is sufficient to effect treatment of the disease, condition, or disorder. The "therapeutically effective amount" may vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the subject to be treated. [0052] The phrase “fed state” is used herein to mean when the dosage form is administered to a human subject within about 2 hours, preferably about 1 hour, more preferably about 30 minutes, after consuming a meal. Preferably the meal is high in fat. A human is in the “fasted state” when the dosage form is administered no earlier than at least 10 hours, preferably at least 12 hours, and more preferably at least 14 hours after consuming a meal. [0053] It should be understood that the order of steps or order for performing certain actions is immaterial so long as the present disclosure remain operable. Moreover, two or more steps or actions can be conducted simultaneously. [0054] The terms “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient,” “pharmaceutically acceptable diluent,” “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” and “pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant” are used interchangeably and refer to an excipient, diluent, carrier, or adjuvant that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that are generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and include an excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant that are acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use. The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” includes both one and more than one such excipient, diluent, carrier, and/or adjuvant. [0055] The terms “sustained release”, “delayed release”, and “controlled release” refer to prolonged or extended release of the therapeutic agent or API of the pharmaceutical formulation. These terms may further refer to composition which provides prolonged or extended duration of action, such as pharmacokinetics (PK) parameters of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the active pharmaceutical ingredient as described herein. [0056] Compounds included in the present compositions and methods that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations. Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, sodium, lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts. [0057] Compounds included in the present compositions and methods that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids. The acids that can be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, including but not limited to, malate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate and pamoate (i.e., 1,1'-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts. [0058] Other examples of pharmaceutically salts include anions of the compounds of the present disclosure compounded with a suitable cation. For therapeutic use, salts of the compounds of the present disclosure can be pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts of acids and bases that are non-pharmaceutically acceptable may also find use, for example, in the preparation or purification of a pharmaceutically acceptable compound. [0059] The compounds of the present invention have an asymmetric center or asymmetric centers in certain cases, where they give rise to a variety of optical isomers. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention can exist as separate optical isomers (R) and (S), or as a racemate or an (RS) mixture. In the case of compounds having two or more asymmetric centers, they give rise to diastereomers due to their respective optical isomerisms. The compounds of the present invention encompass mixtures that comprise all these types of isomer in any proportions. For example, diastereomers can be separated by methods well known to those skilled in the art, say, fractional crystallization, and optically active forms can be obtained by techniques in organic chemistry that are well known for this purpose. In addition, the compounds of the present invention sometimes give rise to geometrical isomers such as cis- and trans-forms. Further in addition, the compounds of the present invention may have tautomerism to give rise to a variety of tautomers. The compounds of the present invention encompass the-above mentioned isomers, as well as mixtures comprising those isomers in any proportions. [0060] Furthermore, if the compounds of the present invention or salts thereof form hydrates or solvates, these are also included in the scope of the compounds of the present invention or salts thereof. [0061] Compounds included in the present compositions and methods that include a basic or acidic moiety can also form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids. The compounds of the disclosure can contain both acidic and basic groups; for example, one amino and one carboxylic acid group. In such a case, the compound can exist as an acid addition salt, a zwitterion, or a base salt. [0062] Generally, reference to or depiction of a certain element such as hydrogen or H is meant to include all isotopes of that element. For example, if an R group is defined to include hydrogen or H, it also includes deuterium and tritium. Compounds comprising radioisotopes such as tritium, 14C, 32P and 35S are thus within the scope of the present technology. Procedures for inserting such labels into the compounds of the present technology will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art based on the disclosure herein. [0063] Unless the specific stereochemistry is expressly indicated, all chiral, diastereomeric, and racemic forms of a compound are intended. Thus, compounds described herein include enriched or resolved optical isomers at any or all asymmetric atoms as are apparent from the depictions. Racemic mixtures of R-enantiomer and S-enantiomer, and enantio-enriched stereomeric mixtures comprising of R- and S-enantiomers, as well as the individual optical isomers can be isolated or synthesized so as to be substantially free of their enantiomeric or diastereomeric partners, and these stereoisomers are all within the scope of the present technology. [0064] In the present specification, a term of “alkyl” includes a monovalent straight or branched hydrocarbon group having one to eight carbon atom(s). For example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neo-pentyl, n- hexyl, isohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl and the like are exemplified. C1-C6 alkyl is preferred. C1- C4 alkyl is further preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “alkyl” having the carbon number within the range. [0065] In the present specification, a term of “hydroxyalkyl” includes a “alkyl” above, a hydrogen atom of which is substituted with a hydroxy group. For example, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 1-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxypropyl and the like are exemplified. Hydroxymethyl is preferred. [0066] In the present specification, a term of “alkenyl” includes a monovalent straight or branched hydrocarbon group having two to eight carbon atoms and one or more double bond(s). For example, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 2-heptenyl, 2-octenyl and the like are exemplified. C2-C6 alkenyl is preferred. Moreover, C2-C4 alkenyl is further preferred. [0067] In the present specification, a term of “alkynyl” includes a monovalent straight or branched hydrocarbon group having two to eight carbon atoms and one or more triple bond(s). For example, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 2-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl, 2- heptynyl, 2-octynyl and the like are exemplified. C2-C6 alkynyl is preferred. Moreover, C2- C4 alkynyl is further preferred. [0068] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkyl” includes a cycloalkyl having three to eight carbon atoms and for example, cyclopropyl, ctclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like are exemplified. C3-C6 cycloalkyl is preferred. [0069] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkenyl” includes a cycloalkenyl having three to eight carbon atoms and for example, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloocentyl and the like are exemplified. C3-C6 cycloalkenyl is preferred. [0070] In the present specification, a term of “alkyloxy” includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “alkyl” above and for example, methyloxy, ethyloxy, n- propyloxy, isopropyloxy, n-butyloxy, isobutyloxy, sec-butyloxy, tert-butyloxy, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, 2-pentyloxy, 3-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, isohexyloxy, 2-hexyloxy, 3-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, and the like are exemplified. C1-C6 alkyloxy is preferred. Moreover, C1-C4 alkyloxy is further preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “alkyloxy” having the carbon number within the range. [0071] In the present specification, a term of “alkenyloxy” includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “alkenyl” above and for example, vinyloxy, allyloxy, 1- propenyloxy, 2-butenyloxy, 2-pentenyloxy, 2-hexenyloxy, 2-heptenyloxy, 2-octenyloxy and the like are exemplified. C2-C6 alkenyloxy is preferred. Moreover, C2-C4 alkenyloxy is further preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “alkenyloxy” having the carbon number within the range. [0072] In the present specification, a term of “alkynyloxy” includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “alkynyl” above and for example, ethynyloxy, 1- propynyloxy, 2-propynyloxy, 2-butynyloxy, 2-pentynyloxy, 2-hexynyloxy, 2-heptynyloxy, 2- octynyloxy and the like are exemplified. C2-C6 alkynyloxy is preferred. Moreover, C2-C4 alkynyloxy is further preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “alkynyloxy” having the carbon number within the range. [0073] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkyloxy” includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “cycloalkyl” above and for example, cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cycloheptyloxy and cyclooctyloxy are exemplified. C3-C6 cycloalkyloxy is preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “cycloalkyloxy” having the carbon number within the range. [0074] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkenyloxy” includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “cycloalkenyl” above and for example, cyclopropenyloxy, cyclobutenyloxy, cyclopentenyloxy, cyclohexenyloxy, cycloheptenyloxy and cyclooctenyloxy are exemplified. C3-C6 cycloalkenyloxy is preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “cycloalkenyloxy” having the carbon number within the range. [0075] In the present specification, a term of “alkylthio” includes a group wherein a sulfur atom is substituted with one “alkyl” above, and for example, methylthio, ethylthio, n- propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, isobutylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, n-pentylthio, isopentylthio, 2-pentylthio, 3-pentylthio, n-hexylthio, isohexylthio, 2-hexylthio, 3-hexylthio, n-heptylthio, n-octylthio, and the like are exemplified. C1-C6 Alkylthio is preferred. Moreover, C1-C4 alkylthio is further preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “alkylthio” having the carbon number within the range. [0076] In the present specification, a term of “alkenylthio” includes a group wherein a sulfur atom is substituted with one “alkenyl” above, and for example, vinylthio, allylthio, 1- propenylthio, 2-butenylthio, 2-pentenylthio, 2-hexenylthio, 2-heptenylthio, 2-octenylthio and the like are exemplified. C2-C6 Alkenylthio is preferred. Moreover, C2-C4 alkylthio is further preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “alkenylthio” having the carbon number within the range. [0077] In the present specification, a term of “alkynylthio” includes a group wherein a sulfur atom is substituted with one “alkynyl” above and for example, ethynylthio, 1-propynylthio, 2-propynylthio, 2-butynylthio, 2-pentynylthio, 2-hexynylthio, 2-heptynylthio, 2-octynylthio and the like are exemplified. C2-C6 alkynylthio is preferred. Moreover, C2-C4 alkynylthio is further preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “alkynylthio” having the carbon number within the range. [0078] In the present specification, a term of “alkylsulfinyl” includes a group wherein sulfinyl is substituted with one “alkyl” above and for example, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, n-propylsulfinyl, isopropylsulfinyl, n-butylsulfinyl, isobutylsulfinyl, sec-butylsulfinyl, tert- butylsulfinyl, n-pentylsulfinyl, isopentylsulfinyl, 2-pentylsulfinyl, 3-pentylsulfinyl, n- hexylsulfinyl, isohexylsulfinyl, 2-hexylsulfinyl, 3-hexylsulfinyl, n-heptylsulfinyl, n- octylsulfinyl and the like are exemplified. C1-C6 alkylsulfinyl is preferred. Moreover, C1-C4 alkylsulfinyl is further preferred. [0079] In the present specification, a term of “alkylsulfonyl” includes a group wherein sulfonyl is substituted with one “alkyl” above and for example, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, n-butylsulfonyl, isobutylsulfonyl, sec-butylsulfonyl, tert- butylsulfonyl, n-pentylsulfonyl, isopentylsulfonyl, 2-pentylsulfonyl, 3-pentylsulfonyl, n- hexylsulfonyl, isohexylsulfonyl, 2-hexylsulfonyl, 3-hexylsulfonyl, n-heptylsulfonyl, n- octylsulfonyl and the like are exemplified. C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl is preferred. Moreover, C1- C4 alkylsulfonyl is further preferred. [0080] In the present specification, a term of “alkylsulfonyloxy” includes a group wherein an oxygen atom is substituted with one “alkylsulfonyl” above and for example, methylsulfonyloxy, ethylsulfonyloxy, n-propylsulfonyloxy, isopropylsulfonyloxy, n- butylsulfonyloxy, isobutylsulfonyloxy, sec-butylsulfonyloxy, tert-butylsulfonyloxy, n- pentylsulfonyloxy, isopentylsulfonyloxy, 2-pentylsulfonyloxy, 3-pentylsulfonyloxy, n- hexylsulfonyloxy, isohexylsulfonyloxy, 2-hexylsulfonyloxy, 3-hexylsulfonyloxy, n- heptylsulfonyloxy, n-octylsulfonyloxy and the like are exemplified. C1-C6 alkylsulfonyl is preferred. Moreover, C1-C4 alkylsulfonyl is further preferred. [0081] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkylthio” includes a group wherein a sulfur atom is substituted with one “cycloalkyl” above and for example, cyclopropylthio, cyclobutylthio, cyclopentylthio, cyclohexylthio, cycloheptylthio, cyclooctylthio and the like are exemplified. C3-C6 cycloalkylthio is preferred. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “cycloalkylthio” having the carbon number within the range. [0082] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkylsulfinyl” includes a group in which sulfinyl is substituted with one “cycloalkyl” above. For example, cyclopropylsulfinyl, cyclobutylsulfinyl, cyclopentylsulfinyl, cyclohexylsulfinyl, cycloheptylsulfinyl, and cyclooctylsulfinyl are exemplified. Preferably C3-C6 cycloalkylsulfinyl is exemplified. [0083] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkylsulfonyl” includes a group in which sulfonyl is substituted with one “cycloalkyl” above. For example, cyclopropylsulfonyl, cyclobutylsulfonyl, cyclopentylsulfonyl, cyclohexylsulfonyl, cycloheptylsulfonyl, and cyclooctylsulfonyl are exemplified. Preferably C3-C6 cycloalkylsulfonyl is exemplified. [0084] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkylsulfonyloxy” includes a group in which an oxygen atom is substituted with one “cycloalkylsulfonyl” above. For example, cyclopropylsulfonyloxy, cyclobutylsulfonyloxy, cyclopentylsulfonyloxy, cyclohexylsulfonyloxy, cycloheptylsulfonyloxy, and cyclooctylsulfonyloxy are exemplified. Preferably C3-C6 cycloalkylsulfonyloxy is exemplified. [0085] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkenylthio” includes a group in which a sulfur atom is substituted with one “cycloalkenyl” above. For example, cyclopropenylthio, cyclobutenylthio, cyclopentenylthio, cyclohexenylthio, cycloheptenylthio, and cyclooctenylthio are exemplified. Preferably C3-C6 cycloalkenylthio is exemplified. When a number of carbon is specified, it means “cycloalkenylthio” having the carbon number within the range. [0086] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkenylsulfinyl” includes a group in which sulfinyl is substituted with one “cycloalkenyl” above. For example, cyclopropenylsulfinyl, cyclobutenylsulfinyl, cyclopentenylsulfinyl, cyclohexenylsulfinyl, cycloheptenylsulfinyl, and cyclooctenylsulfinyl are exemplified. Preferably C3-C6 cycloalkenylsulfinyl is exemplified. [0087] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkenylsulfonyl” includes a group in which sulfonyl is substituted with one “cycloalkenyl” above. For example, cyclopropenylsulfonyl, cyclobutenylsulfonyl, cyclopentenylsulfonyl, cyclohexenylsulfonyl, cycloheptenylsulfonyl, and cyclooctenylsulfonyl are exemplified. Preferably C3-C6 cycloalkenylsulfonyl is exemplified. [0088] In the present specification, a term of “cycloalkenylsulfonyloxy” includes a group in which an oxygen atom is substituted with one “cycloalkenylsulfonyl” described above. For example, cyclopropenylsulfonyloxy, cyclobutenylsulfonyloxy, cyclopentenylsulfonyloxy, cyclohexenylsulfonyloxy, cycloheptenylsulfonyloxy, and cyclooctenylsulfonyloxy are exemplified. Preferably C3-C6 cycloalkenylsulfonyloxy is exemplified. [0089] In the present specification, a term of “alkyloxycarbonyl” includes a group in which carbonyl is substituted with one “alkyloxy” above. For example, methyloxycarbonyl, ethyloxycarbonyl, n-propyloxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, n-butyloxycarbonyl, tert- butyloxycarbonyl and n-pentyloxycarbonyl are exemplified. Preferably C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl is exemplified. Moreover, C1-C2 alkyloxycarbonyl is further preferable. [0090] In the present specification, a term of “alkenyloxycarbonyl” includes a group in which carbonyl is substituted with one “alkenyloxy” above. For example, vinyloxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 1-propenyloxycarbonyl, 2-butenyloxycarbonyl and 2-pentenyloxyarbonyl are exemplified. Preferably C2-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl is exemplified. [0091] In the present specification, a term of “alkynyloxycarbonyl” includes a group in which carbonyl is substituted with one “alkynyloxy” above. For example, ethynyloxycarbonyl, 1-propynyloxycarbonyl, 2-propynyloxycarbonyl, 2-butynyloxyarbonyl and 2-pentynyloxycarbonyl are exemplified. Preferably C2-C4 alkynyloxycarbonyl is exemplified. [0092] In the present specification, a term of “acyl” includes alkylcarbonyl wherein the part of alkyl is “alkyl” before, alkenylcarbonyl wherein the part of alkenyl is “alkenyl” before, alkynylcarbonyl wherein the part of alkynyl is “alkynyl” before, cycloalkylcarbonyl wherein the part of cycloalkyl is “cycloalkyl” before, arylcarbonyl wherein the part of aryl is “aryl” below, heteroarylcarbonyl wherein the part of heteroaryl is “heteroaryl” below and non- aromatic heterocycliccarbonyl wherein the part of non-aromatic heterocyclic group is “non- aromatic heterocyclic group” below. “Alkyl”, “alkenyl”, “alkynyl”, “cycloalkyl”, “aryl”, “heteroaryl” and “non-aromatic heterocyclic group” may be substituted respectively with substituent groups exemplified in “optionally substituted alkyl”, “optionally substituted alkenyl”, “optionally substituted alkynyl”, “optionally substituted cycloalkyl”, “optionally substituted aryl”, “optionally substituted heteroaryl” and “optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group” below. Examples of the acyl group include acetyl, propionyl, butyroyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, benzoyl, pyridinecarbonyl and the like. [0093] In the present specification, a term of “optionally substituted amino” includes an amino group which may be substituted with one or two group(s) of “alkyl” before, “alkenyl” before, “alkynyl” before, “cycloalkyl” before, “cycloalkynyl” before, “aryl” below, “heteroaryl” below, “acyl” before, “alkyloxycarbonyl” before, “alkenyloxycarbonyl” before, “alkynyloxycarbonyl” before, “alkylsulfonyl”, “alkenylsulfonyl”, “alkynylsulfonyl”, “arylsulfonyl” and/or “heteroarylsulfonyl” before. Examples of the optionally substituted amino group include amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethylamino, benzylamino, acetylamino, benzoylamino, methyloxycarbonylamino and methanesulfonylamino. Preferably, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylmethylamino, diethylamino, acetylamino and methanesulfonylamino are exemplified. [0094] In the present specification, a term of “optionally substituted carbamoyl” includes an aminocarbonyl group wherein the part of optionally substituted amino is “optionally substituted amino” before and examples of the optionally substituted carbamoyl group includes carbamoyl, N-methylcarbamoyl, N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N-ethyl-N- methylcarbamoyl, N,N-diethylcarbamoyl, N-phenylcarbamoyl, N-benzylcarbamoyl, N- acetylcarbamoyl and N-methylsulfonylcarbamoyl etc. Preferably, carbamoyl, N- methylcarbamoyl, N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl and N-methylsulfonylcarbamoyl etc. are exemplified. [0095] In the present specification, a term of “optionally substituted sulfamoyl” includes an aminosulfonyl group wherein the part of optionally substituted amino is “optionally substituted amino” before and examples of the optionally substituted sulfamoyl group include sulfamoyl, N-methylsulfamoyl, N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl, N-ethyl-N-methylsulfamoyl, N,N- diethylsulfamoyl, N-phenylsulfamoyl, N-benzylsulfamoyl, N-acetylsulfamoyl and N- methylsulfonylsulfamoyl etc. Preferably, sulfamoyl, N-methylsulfamoyl, N,N- dimethylsulfamoyl and N-methylsulfonylsulfamoyl etc. are exemplified. [0096] In the present specification, a term of “alkylene” means a straight or branched alkylene group having one to ten carbon atom(s) and for example, methylene, 1- methylmethylene, 1,1-dimethylmethylene, ethylene, 1-methylethylene, 1-ethylethylene, 1,1- dimethylethylene, 1,2-dimethylethylene, 1,1-diethylethylene, 1,2-diethylethylene, 1-ethyl-2- methylethylene, trimethylene, 1-methyltrimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, 1,1- dimethyltrimethylene, 1,2-dimethyltrimethylene, 2,2-dimethyltrimethylene, 1- ethyltrimethylene, 2-ethyltrimethylene, 1,1-diethyltrimethylene, 1,2-diethyltrimethylene, 2,2- diethyltrimethylene, 2-ethyl-2-methyltrimethylene, tetramethylene, 1-methyltetramethylene, 2-methyltetramethylene, 1,1-dimethyltetramethylene, 1,2-dimethyltetramethylene, 2,2- dimethyltetramethylene, 2,2-di-n-propyltrimethylene etc. are exemplified. Especially, a straight or branched alkylene groups having two to six carbon atom(s) are preferred. [0097] In the present specification, a term of “alkenylene” means a straight or branched alkenylene group having two to ten carbon atom(s) and for example, ethenylene, 1- methylethenylene, 1-ethylethenylene, 1,2-dimethylethenylene, 1,2-diethylethenylene, 1-etnyl- 2-methylethenylene, propenylene, 1-methyl-2-propenylene, 2-methyl-2-propenylene, 1,1- dimethyl-2-propenylene, 1,2-dimethyl-2-propenylene, 1-ethyl-2-propenylene, 2-ethyl-2- propenylene, 1,1-dietnyl-2-propenylene, 1,2-diethyl-2-propenylene, 1-butenylene, 2- butenylene, 1-methyl-2-butenylene, 2-methyl-2-butenylene, 1,1-dimethyl-2-butenylene, 1,2- dimethyl-2-butenylene etc, are exemplified. Especially, a straight or branched alkenylene groups having two to six carbon atom(s) are preferred. [0098] In the present specification, a term of “alkynylene” means a straight or branched alkynylene group having two to ten carbon atom(s) and for example, ethynylene, propynylene, 1-methyl-2-propynylene, 1-ethyl-2-propynylene, butynylene, 1-methyl-2- butynylene, 2-methyl-3-butynylene, 1,1-dimethyl-2-butynylene, 1,2-dimethyl-3-butynylene, 2,2-dimethyl-3-butynylene etc, are are exemplified. Especially, a straight or branched alkynylene groups having two to six carbon atom(s) are preferred. [0099] In the present specification, a term of “—O-alkylene” in Y includes a group of “alkylene” above, a terminal of which is linked to —O— and for example, —O-methylene-, —O-1-methylethylene-, —O-1,1-dimethylmethylene-, —O-ethylene-, —O-1- methylethylene-, —O-trimethylene etc are exemplified. Preferably, O-methylene-, —O-1- methylethylene- and —O-1,1-dimethylmethylene- are exemplified. In addition, the ring C and the ring B are linked in a manner of “the ring C—O-alkylene—the ring B”. [0100] In the present specification, a term of “—O-alkylene” of “—O-alkylene-R1” in —Z— R1 includes a group of “alkylene” above, a terminal of which is linked to —O— and for example, —O-methylene-, —O-1-methylethylene-, —O-1,1-dimethylmethylene-, —O- ethylene-, —O-1-methylethylene-, —O-trimethylene etc are exemplified. —O-Methylene-, —O-1-methylethylene- and —O-1,1-dimethylmethylene- are preferred. [0101] In the present specification, a term of “—S-alkylene” in Y includes a group of “alkylene” above, a terminal of which is linked to —S— and for example, —S-methylene-, —S-1-methylethylene-, —S-1,1-dimethylmethylene-, —S-ethylene-, —S-1-methylethylene-, —S-trimethylene etc are exemplified. Preferably, —S-methylene-, —S-1-methylethylene-, —S-1,1-dimethylmethylene- are exemplified. In addition, the ring C and the ring B are linked in a manner of “the ring C—S-alkylene—the ring B”. [0102] In the present specification, a term of “—S-alkylene” of “—S-alkylene-R1” in —Z— R1 includes a group of “alkylene” above, a terminal of which is linked to —S— and for example, —S-methylene-, —S-1-methylethylene-, —S-1,1-dimethylmethylene-, —S- ethylene-, —S-1-methylethylene-, —S-trimethylene etc are exemplified. —S-Methylene-, — S-1-methylethylene- and —S-1,1-dimethylmethylene- are preferred. [0103] In the present specification, a term of “aryl” includes an aromatic monocyclic or aromatic fused cyclic hydrocarbons and it may be fused with “cycloalkyl” before, “cycloalkenyl” before or “non-aromatic heterocyclic group” below at any possible position. Both of monocyclic ring and fused ring may be substituted at any position and for example, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, anthryl, tetrahydronaphthyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 1,4- benzodioxanyl etc. are exemplified. Phenyl, 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl are preferred. Moreover, phenyl is further preferred. [0104] In the present specification, a term of “non-aromatic heterocyclic group” includes a 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more of heteroatom(s) selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms or a multicyclic ring formed by fusing the two or more rings thereof. For example, pyrrolidinyl (e.g., 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2- pyrrolidinyl), pyrrolinyl (e.g., 3-pyrrolinyl), imidazolidinyl (e.g., 2-imidazolidinyl), imidazolinyl (e.g., imidazolinyl), pyrazolidinyl (e.g., 1-pyrazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolidinyl), pyrazolinyl (e.g., pyrazolinyl), piperidyl (e.g., piperidino, 2-piperidyl), piperazinyl (e.g., 1- piperazinyl), indolinyl (e.g., 1-indolinyl), isoindolinyl (e.g., isoindolinyl), morpholinyl (e.g., morpholino, 3-morpholinyl) etc. are exemplified. [0105] In the present specification, a term of “heteroaryl” in R2, R2a and R2b includes a 5- to 6-membered aromatic ring containing one or more of heteroatom(s) selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms and it may be fused with “cycloalkyl” before, “aryl” before, “non-aromatic heterocyclic group” or other heteroaryl at any possible position. The heteroaryl group may be substituted at any position whenever it is a monocyclic ring or a fused ring. For example, pyrrolyl (e.g., 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl), furyl (e.g., 2-furyl, 3-furyl), thienyl (e.g., 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl), imidazolyl (e.g., 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl), pyrazolyl (e.g., 1-pyrazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl), isothiazolyl (e.g., 3-isothiazolyl), isoxazolyl (e.g., 3-isoxazolyl), oxazolyl (e.g., 2-oxazolyl), thiazolyl (e.g., 2-thiazolyl), pyridyl (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl), pyrazinyl (e.g., 2-pyrazinyl), pyrimidinyl (e.g., 2-pyrimidinyl, 4- pyrimidinyl), pyridazinyl (e.g., 3-pyridazinyl), tetrazolyl (e.g., 1H-tetrazolyl), oxadiazolyl (e.g., 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl), thiadiazolyl (e.g., 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl), indolidinyl (e.g., 2- indolidinyl, 6-indolidinyl), isoindolynyl (e.g., 2-isoindolynyl), indolyl (e.g., 1-indolyl, 2- indolyl, 3-indolyl), indazolyl (e.g., 3-indazolyl), purinyl (e.g., 8-purinyl), quinolidinyl (e.g., 2-quinolidinyl), isoquinolyl (e.g., 3-isoquinolyl), quinolyl (e.g., 2-quinolyl, 5-quinolyl), phtharazinyl (e.g., 1-phtharazinyl), naphthylidinyl (e.g., 2-naphthylidinyl), quinolanyl (e.g., 2-quinolanyl), quinazolinyl (e.g., 2-quinazolinyl), cinnolinyl (e.g., 3-cinnolinyl), pteridinyl (e.g., 2-pteridinyl), carbazolyl (e.g., 2-carbazolyl, 4-carbazolyl), phenanthridinyl (e.g., 2- phenanthridinyl, 3-phenanthridinyl), acridinyl (e.g., 1-acridinyl, 2-acridinyl), dibenzofuranyl (e.g., 1-dibenzofuranyl, 2-dibenzofuranyl), benzoimidazolyl (e.g., 2-benzoimidazolyl), benzoisoxazolyl (e.g., 3-benzoisoxazolyl), benzooxazolyl (e.g., 2-benzooxazolyl), benzooxadiazolyl (e.g., 4-benzooxadiazolyl), benzoisothiazolyl (e.g., 3-benzoisothiazolyl), benzothiazolyl (e.g., 2-benzothiazolyl), benzofuryl (e.g., 3-benzofuryl), benzothienyl (e.g., 2- benzothienyl), dibenzothienyl (e.g., 2-dibenzothienyl) and benzodioxolyl (e.g., 1,3- benzodioxolyl) etc. are exemplified. [0106] In the present specification, a term of “heteroaryl” in R3, R3a, R3b, R4, R4a, R4b, R5, R5a, R5b, R6 and R7 includes a 5- to 6-membered aromatic ring containing one or more of heteroatom(s) selected independently from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms and it may be fused with “cycloalkyl” before, “aryl” before, “non-aromatic heterocyclic group” or other heteroaryl at any possible position. The heteroaryl group may be substituted at any position whenever it is a monocyclic ring or a fused ring. For example, furyl (e.g., 2-furyl, 3-furyl), thienyl (e.g., 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl), imidazolyl (e.g., 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl), pyrazolyl (e.g., 1-pyrazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl), isothiazolyl (e.g., 3-isothiazolyl), isoxazolyl (e.g., 3- isoxazolyl), oxazolyl (e.g., 2-oxazolyl), thiazolyl (e.g., 2-thiazolyl), pyridyl (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl), pyrazinyl (e.g., 2-pyrazinyl), pyrimidinyl (e.g., 2-pyrimidinyl, 4- pyrimidinyl), pyridazinyl (e.g., 3-pyridazinyl), oxadiazolyl (e.g., 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl), thiadiazolyl (e.g., 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl), benzoimidazolyl (e.g., 2-benzoimidazolyl), benzoisoxazolyl (e.g., 3-benzoisoxazolyl), benzooxazolyl (e.g., 2-benzooxazolyl), benzofuryl (e.g., 3-benzofuryl), benzothienyl (e.g., 2-benzothienyl) etc. are exemplified. [0107] In the present specification, “2-pyridone” means pyridine-2-one. [0108] In the present specification, a term of “aryloxy” includes a group in which an oxygen atom is substituted with one “aryl” before and for example, phenyloxy and naphthyloxy etc. are exemplified. [0109] In the present specification, a term of “arylthio” includes a group in which a sulfur atom is substituted with one “aryl” before and for example, phenylthio and naphthylthio etc. are exemplified. [0110] In the present specification, a term of “arylsulfinyl” includes a group in which sulfinyl is substituted with one “aryl” before and for example, phenylsulfinyl and naphthylsulfinyl etc. are exemplified. [0111] In the present specification, a term of “arylsulfonyl” includes a group in which sulfonyl is substituted with one “aryl” before and for example, phenylsulfonyl and naphthylsulfoinyl etc. are exemplified. [0112] In the present specification, examples of “arylsulfonyloxy include phenylsulfonyloxy and naphthylsulfonyloxy etc. [0113] In the present specification, a term of “aryloxycarbonyl” includes a group in which carbonyl is substituted with one “aryloxy” before and for example, phenyloxycarbonyl, 1- naphthyloxycarbonyl and 1-naphthyloxycarbonyl etc. are exemplified. [0114] In the present specification, a term of “heteroaryloxy” includes a group in which an oxygen atom is substituted with one “heteroaryl” before. For example, pyrrolyloxy, furyloxy, thienyloxy, imidazolyloxy, pyrazolyloxy, isothiazolyloxy, isoxazolyloxy, oxazolyloxy, thiazolyloxy, pyridyloxy, pyrazinyloxy, pyrimidinyloxy, pyridazinyloxy, tetrazolyloxy, oxadiazolyloxy, thiadiazolyloxy, indolidinyloxy, isoindolynyloxy, indolyloxy, indazolyloxy, purinyloxy, quinolidinyloxy, isoquinolyloxy, quinolyloxy, phtharazinyloxy, naphthylidinyloxy, quinolanyloxy, quinazolinyloxy, cinnolinyloxy, pteridinyloxy, carbazolyloxy, phenanthridinyloxy, acridinyloxy, dibenzofuranyloxy, benzoimidazolyloxy, benzoisoxazolyloxy, benzooxazolyloxy, benzooxadiazolyloxy, benzoisothiazolyloxy, benzothiazolyloxy, benzofuryloxy, benzothienyloxy, dibenzothienyloxy and benzodioxolyloxy are exemplified. Preferably furyloxy, thienyloxy, imidazolyloxy, pyrazolyloxy, isothiazolyloxy, isoxazolyloxy, oxazolyloxy, thiazolyloxy, pyridyloxy, pyrazinyloxy, pyrimidinyloxy and pyridazinyloxy are exemplified [0115] In the present specification, a term of “heteroarylthio” includes a group in which a sulfur atom is substituted with one “heteroaryl” before. For example, pyrrolylthio, furylthio, thienylthio, imidazolylthio, pyrazolylthio, isothiazolylthio, isoxazolylthio, oxazolylthio, thiazolylthio, pyridylthio, pyrazinylthio, pyrimidinylthio, pyridazinylthio, tetrazolylthio, oxadiazolylthio, thiadiazolylthio, indolidinylthio, isoindolynylthio, indolylthio, indazolylthio, purinylthio, quinolidinylthio, isoquinolylthio, quinolylthio, phtharazinylthio, naphthylidinylthio, quinolanylthio, quinazolinylthio, cinnolinylthio, pteridinylthio, carbazolylthio, phenanthridinylthio, acridinylthio, dibenzofuranylthio, benzoimidazolylthio, benzoisoxazolylthio, benzooxazolylthio, benzooxadiazolylthio, benzoisothiazolylthio, benzothiazolylthio, benzofurylthio, benzothienylthio, dibenzothienylthio and benzodioxolylthio etc. are exemplified. Preferably furylthio, thienylthio, imidazolylthio, pyrazolylthio, isothiazolylthio, isoxazolylthio, oxazolylthio, thiazolylthio, pyridylthio, pyrazinylthio, pyrimidinylthio, and pyridazinylthio etc. are exemplified. [0116] In the present specification, a term of “heteroarylsulfinyl” includes a group in which sulfinyl is substituted with one “heteroaryl” before. For example, pyrrolylsulfinyl, furylsulfinyl, thienylsulfinyl, imidazolylsulfinyl, pyrazolylsulfinyl, isothiazolylsulfinyl, isoxazolylsulfinyl, oxazolylsulfinyl, thiazolylsulfinyl, pyridylsulfinyl, pyrazinylsulfinyl, pyrimidinylsulfinyl, pyridazinylsulfinyl, tetrazolylsulfinyl, oxadiazolylsulfinyl, thiadiazolylsulfinyl, indolidinylsulfinyl, isoindolylsulfinyl, indolylsulfinyl, indazolylsulfinyl, purinylsulfinyl, quinolidinylsulfinyl, isoquinolylsulfinyl, quinolylsulfinyl, phtharazinylsulfinyl, naphthylidinylsulfinyl, quinolanylsulfinyl, quinazolinylsulfinyl, cinnolinylsulfinyl, pteridinylsulfinyl, carbazolylsulfinyl, phenanthridinylsulfinyl, acridinylsulfinyl, dibenzofuranylsulfinyl, benzoimidazolylsulfinyl, benzoisoxazolylsulfinyl, benzooxazolylsulfinyl, benzooxadiazolylsulfinyl, benzoisothiazolylsulfinyl, benzothiazolylsulfinyl, benzofurylsulfinyl, benzothienylsulfinyl, dibenzothienylsulfinyl and benzodioxolylsulfinyl etc. are exemplified. Preferably furylsulfinyl, thienylsulfinyl, imidazolylsulfinyl, pyrazolylsulfinyl, isothiazolylsulfinyl, isoxazolylsulfinyl, oxazolylsulfinyl, thiazolylsulfinyl, pyridylsulfinyl, pyrazinylsulfinyl, pyrimidinylsulfinyl and pyridazinylsulfinyl etc. are exemplified. [0117] In the present specification, a term of “heteroarylsulfonyl” includes a group in which sulfonyl is substituted with one “heteroaryl” before. For example, pyrrolylsulfonyl, furylsulfonyl, thienylsulfonyl, imidazolylsulfonyl, pyrazolylsulfonyl, isothiazolylsulfonyl, isoxazolylsulfonyl, oxazolylsulfonyl, thiazolylsulfonyl, pyridylsulfonyl, pyrazinylsulfonyl, pyrimidinylsulfonyl, pyridazinylsulfonyl, tetrazolylsulfonyl, oxadiazolylsulfonyl, thiadiazolylsulfonyl, indolizinylsulfonyl, isoindolylsulfonyl, indolylsulfonyl, indazolylsulfonyl, purinylsulfonyl, quinolidinylsulfonyl, isoquinolylsulfonyl, quinolylsulfonyl, phtharazinylsulfonyl, naphthilidinylsulfonyl, quinolanyl sulfonyl, quinazolinylsulfonyl, cinnolinylsulfonyl, pteridinylsulfonyl, carbazolylsulfonyl, phenanthridinylsulfonyl, acridinylsulfonyl, dibenzofuranylsulfonyl, benzoimidazolylsulfonyl, benzoisoxazolylsulfonyl, benzooxazolylsulfonyl, benzooxadiazolylsulfonyl, benzoisothiazolylsulfonyl, benzothiazolylsulfonyl, benzofurylsulfonyl, benzothienylsulfonyl, dibenzothienylsulfonyl and benzodioxolylsulfonyl are exemplified. Preferably furylsulfonyl, thienylsulfonyl, imidazolylsulfonyl, pyrazolylsulfonyl, isothiazolylsulfonyl, isoxazolylsulfonyl, oxazolylsulfonyl, thiazolylsulfonyl, pyridylsulfonyl, pyrazinylsulfonyl, pyrimidinylsulfonyl and pyridazinylsulfonyl are exemplified. [0118] In the present specification, a term of “heteroarylsulfonyloxy” includes a group in which an oxygen atom is substituted with one “heteroarylsulfonyl” before. For example, pyrrolylsulfonyloxy, furylsulfonyloxy, thienylsulfonyloxy, imidazolylsulfonyloxy, pyrazolylsulfonyloxy, isothiazolylsulfonyloxy, isoxazolylsulfonyloxy, oxazolylsulfonyloxy, thiazolylsulfonyloxy, pyridylsulfonyloxy, pyrazinylsulfonyloxy, pyrimidinylsulfonyloxy, pyridazinylsulfonyloxy, tetrazolylsulfonyloxy, oxadiazolylsulfonyloxy, thiadiazolylsulfonyloxy, indolizinylsulfonyloxy, isoindolylsulfonyloxy, indolylsulfonyloxy, indazolylsulfonyloxy, purinylsulfonyloxy, quinolidinylsulfonyloxy, isoquinolylsulfonyloxy, quinolylsulfonyloxy, phtharazinylsulfonyloxy, naphthilidinylsulfonyloxy, quinolanylsulfonyloxy, quinazolinylsulfonyloxy, cinnolinylsulfonyloxy, pteridinylsulfonyloxy, carbazolylsulfonyloxy, phenanthridinylsulfonyloxy, acridinylsulfonyloxy, dibenzofuranylsulfonyloxy, benzoimidazolylsulfonyloxy, benzoisoxazolylsulfonyloxy, benzooxazolylsulfonyloxy, benzooxadiazolylsulfonyloxy, benzoisothiazolylsulfonyloxy, benzothiazolylsulfonyloxy, benzofurylsulfonyloxy, benzothienylsulfonyloxy, dibenzothienylsulfonyloxy and benzodioxolylsulfonyloxy etc. are exemplified. Preferably, furylsulfonyloxy, thienylsulfonyloxy, imidazolylsulfonyloxy, pyrazolylsulfonyloxy, isothiazolylsulfonyloxy, isoxazolylsulfonyloxy, oxazolylsulfonyloxy, thiazolylsulfonyloxy, pyridylsulfonyloxy, pyrazinylsulfonyloxy, pyrimidinylsulfonyloxy and pyridazinylsulfonyloxy etc. are exemplified. [0119] In the present specification, a term of “aromatic carbocyclic ring” includes an aromatic monocyclic or aromatic fused carbocyclic ring and for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and an anthracene ring are exemplified. A benzene ring is preferred. [0120] In the present specification, a term of “aromatic heterocyclic ring” includes an aromatic monocyclic or aromatic fused heterocyclic ring. For example, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophen ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an isothiazole ring, an isoxazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a tetrazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, an indolizine ring, an isoindole ring, an indole ring, an indazole ring, a purine ring, a quinolidine ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinoline ring, a phtharazine ring, a naphthyridine ring, a quinolane ring, a quinazoline ring, a cinnoline ring, a pteridine ring, a carbazole ring, a phenanthridine ring, an acridine ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a benzoxazolon ring, a benzoxadinone ring, a benzoimidazole ring, a benzoisoxazole ring, a benzooxazole ring, a benzooxadiazole ring, a benzoisothiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophen ring, a dibenzothiophen ring and a benzodixolane ring are exemplified. Preferably a pyridine ring, a furan ring and a thiophen ring are exemplified. [0121] In the present specification, a term of “azaindole” includes 4-azaindole, 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole, 7-azaindole, 4,5-diazaindole-, 4,6-diazaindole, 4,7-diazaindole, 5,6-diazaindole, 5,7-diazaindole, 6,7-diazaindole, 4,5,6-triazaindole, 4,5,7-triazaindole and 5,6,7-triazaindole. [0122] In the present specification, a term of “C1-C6 alkylene” includes a straight or branched alkylene group having one to six carbon atom(s), and for example, —CH2—, — CH(CH3)—, —C(CH3)2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —C(CH3)2CH2—, — CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2— and — CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2— are exemplified. Preferably, —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, — CH2CH2CH2— and —CH2CH2CH2CH2— are exemplified. [0123] In the present specification, a term of “alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s)” of “optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s)” includes a straight or branched alkylene group having one to six carbon atoms, optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) which may be substituted with “alkyl” above, and for example, —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2O—, —OCH2—, — CH2CH2O—, —OCH2CH2—, —CH2S—, —SCH2—, —CH2CH2S—, —SCH2CH2—, — CH2CH2OCH2CH2—, —OCH2CH2O—, —OCH2O—, —NHCH2—, —N(CH3)CH2—, — N+(CH3)2CH2—, —NHCH2CH2CH2— and —N(CH3)CH2CH2CH2— etc. are exemplified. Preferably, —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2—, — OCH2CH2O—, —OCH2O— and —N(CH3)CH2CH2CH2— are exemplified. [0124] In the present specification, a term of “alkenylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s)” of “optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s)” includes a straight or branched alkenylene group having two to six carbon atoms, optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) which may be substituted with “alkyl” above, and for example, —CH═CHCH═CH—, —CH═CHO—, —OCH═CH—, — CH═CHS—, —SCH═CH—, —CH═CHNH—, —NHCH═CH—, —CH═CH—CH═N— and —N═CH—CH═CH— are exemplified. Preferably, —CH═CHCH═CH—, — CH═CHCH═N— and —N═CHCH═CH— are exemplified. [0125] In the present specification, a term of “alkynylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s)” includes a straight or branched alkynylene group having two to six carbon atoms, optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) which may be substituted with “alkyl” above, and for example, —CH2C≡CCH2—, —CH2C≡CCH2O—, —OCH2C≡CH—, — CH2C≡CCH2S—, —SCH2C≡CH—, —CH2C≡CCH2NH—, —NHCH2C≡CH—, — CH2C≡CCH2N(CH3)— and —N(CH3)CH2C≡CH— are exemplified. Especially, — CH2C≡CCH2— and —OCH2C≡CH— are preferred. [0126] In the present specification, a term of “nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic ring” includes a 3- to 12-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more of nitrogen atom(s), and further optionally containing an oxygen atom and/or a sulfur atom, and a formula of:
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
[0127] In the present specification, a term of “nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring” includes a 3- to 12-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more of nitrogen atom(s), and further optionally an oxygen atom and/or sulfur atom in the ring. For example, pyrrolyl (e.g., 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl), imidazolyl (e.g., 2-imidazolyl, 4- imidazolyl), pyrazolyl (e.g., 1-pyrazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl), isothiazolyl (e.g., 3-isothiazolyl), isoxazolyl (e.g., 3-isoxazolyl), oxazolyl (e.g., 2-oxazolyl), thiazolyl (e.g., 2-thiazolyl), pyridyl (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl), pyrazinyl (e.g., 2-pyrazinyl), pyrimidinyl (e.g., 2- pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl), pyridazinyl (e.g., 3-pyridazinyl), tetrazolyl (e.g., 1H-tetrazolyl), oxadiazolyl (e.g., 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl) and thiadiazolyl (e.g., 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl) are exemplified. [0128] In the present specification, examples of “3- to 8-membered nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atom(s)” includes a ring shown in the formula of:
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
[0129] In the present specification, examples of “4- to 8-membered nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atom(s)” includes a ring shown in the formula of:
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
[0130] In the present specification, ortho-, meta- and para-substituting position of L3 and Y mean the relationship of the formula:
Figure imgf000036_0001
[0131] In the present specification, examples of substituents in “optionally substituted alkyl”, “optionally substituted alkyloxy”, “optionally substituted alkylthio”, “optionally substituted alkylsulfinyl”, “optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl”, “optionally substituted alkylsulfonyloxy” and “the optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl” include cycloalkyl, alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), hydroxy, oxo, alkyloxy optionally substituted with a substituent group A at one to three position(s), mercapto, alkylthio, a halogen atom, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted carbamoyl, acyl, aryl optionally substituted with a substituent group B at one to three position(s) (e.g., phenyl), heteroaryl optionally substituted with a substituent group C at one to three position(s) (e.g., pyridyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl), an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring group which may be substituted with a substituent group C at one to three position(s) (e.g., morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl), aryloxy optionally substituted with a substituent group B at one to three position(s) (e.g., phenyloxy), alkylsulfonyl and the like. These can be substituted with one to three substituent(s) at any possible position. [0132] In the present specification, examples of substituents in “optionally substituted alkenyl”, “optionally substituted alkynyl”, “optionally substituted alkenyloxy”, “optionally substituted alkynyloxy”, “optionally substituted alkenylthio”, “optionally substituted alkynylthio”, “optionally substituted alkenyloxycarbonyl”, “optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl”, “optionally substituted cycloalkyl”, “optionally substituted cycloalkenyl”, “optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, “optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy”, “optionally substituted cycloalkylthio”, “optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio”, “optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl”, “optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfinyl”, “optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl”, “optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyl”, “optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyloxy”, “optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyloxy”, “optionally substituted alkenyloxycarbonyl”, “optionally substituted C1-C6 alkylene”, “optionally substituted alkylene”, “optionally substituted alkenylene” and “the optionally substituted alkynylene” include alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent group D at one to three position(s), cycloalkyl, alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), hydroxy, oxo, alkyoxyl optionally substituted with a substituent group A at one to three position(s), mercapto, alkylthio, a halogen atom, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted carbamoyl, acyl acyloxy, aryl optionally substituted with a substituent group B at one to three position(s) (e.g., phenyl), heteroaryl optionally substituted with a substituent group C at one to three position(s) (e.g., pyridyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl), non-aromatic heterocyclic group optionally substituted with a substituent group C at one to three position(s) (e.g., morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl), aryloxy optionally substituted with a substituent group C at one to three position(s) (e.g., phenyloxy), alkylsulfonyl and the like. These can be substituted with one or more substituent(s) at any possible position. [0133] In the present specification, examples of substituents in “optionally substituted aryl”, “optionally substituted phenoxy”, “optionally substituted aryloxy”, “optionally substituted phenylthio”, “optionally substituted arylthio”, “optionally substituted arylsulfinyl”, “optionally substituted arylsulfonyl”, “optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy”, “optionally substituted heteroaryl”, “optionally substituted heteroaryloxy”, “optionally substituted heteroarylthio”, “optionally substituted heteroarylsulfinyl”, “optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyl”, “optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyloxy” and “optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group” include alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent group D at one to three position(s), cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxy, alkyloxy optionally substituted with a substituent group A at one to three position(s), aryloxy optionally substituted with a substituent group B at one to three position(s) (e.g., phenoxy), mercapto, alkylthio, a halogen atom, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, acyl, alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted carbamoyl, aryl optionally substituted with a substituent group B at one to three position(s) (e.g., phenyl), heteroaryl optionally substituted with a substituent group C at one to three position(s) (e.g., pyridyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl), non-aromatic heterocyclic group optionally substituted with a substituent group C at one to three position(s) (e.g., morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl) and the like. These can be substituted with one or more substituent(s) at any possible position. 5.2. Survival Predictability Model [0134] As summarized herein, we applied bioinformatic and machine learning approaches using survival predictor models to analyze human data. Thus, aspects of the present disclosure include a bioinformatics model that generally relates to building of survival predictor models that output a survival metric. Such survival metrics may relate to survival related observables, such as survival expectancy and/or risk of death. In various embodiments, survival predictor models may be built by selecting observables that relate to survival periods (“aging indicator”). Such aging indicators may comprise variables that correlate with all-cause mortality, such as certain clinical factors. In certain embodiments, survival predictor models utilize one or a plurality of survival biomarkers, such as those associated with the PGD2 DP1 receptor together with one or more aging indicators to generate a survival metric. [0135] Our analysis of the BIOAGE human healthy aging cohort data indicates that neutrophil abundance and activity increases with age and that there is an association of higher levels of neutrophil markers (e.g., myeloperoxidase or “MPO”) with increased risk of respiratory tract infection (RTI) and all-cause mortality in elderly people. [0136] Our analysis of the BIOAGE human healthy aging cohort data further indicates that CCR7 expression significantly decreases with age and decreased RNA expression levels of CCR7 in whole blood was associated with significantly increased all-cause mortality in elderly people. CCR7 is important for dendritic cell maturation and homing to lymph nodes. Decrease in CCR7 can lead to a decrease in the dendritic cell function at the site of infection. [0137] Our analysis of the BIOAGE human healthy aging cohort data further indicates that circulating IFN-γ levels decrease with age. In elderly people, lower circulating levels of IFN- γ are associated with increased all-cause mortality. Adequate levels of IFN-γ is required for the accumulation and activation of infection fighting NK cells in the lung. 5.3. Methods of Treating Respiratory Tract Infections [0138] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a respiratory tract infection, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject having, or suspected of having, a respiratory tract infection. In various embodiments of the methods described herein, the human subject has a confirmed or is suspected to have a viral lung infection and/or a bacterial lung infection. [0139] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating or alleviating a pre- treatment symptom associated with an inflammation effect of viral and/or bacterial infection, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject. In some embodiments, the infection is an acute viral respiratory infection. In certain embodiments, the symptom associated with an inflammation effect of viral and/or bacterial infection is diarrhea, as described in more detail below. [0140] In certain embodiments, the human subject has or is at risk for CRS. In various embodiments, the human subject who has or is at risk for CRS is determined to have or at risk for ALI, ARDS, ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia. In various embodiments, the human subject who has or is at risk for CRS has confirmed or suspected viral lung infection, has confirmed or suspected bacterial lung infection, or has confirmed or suspected viral and bacterial lung infection. [0141] In some embodiments, the human subject has a serious symptom induced by an inflammation effect of viral and/or bacterial infection. [0142] While not wishing to be bound by theory, the present disclosure is based at least in part on the ability of an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to alleviate, diminish or prevent one or more of the symptoms associated with these conditions, including but not limited to fever, diarrhea, and reduced blood oxygen saturation, or a clinical improvement defined by the COVID Ordinal Outcome Scale, as described herein below. 5.4. Methods of Treating Virus-Mediated Lung Injury and Related Conditions [0143] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia. The method comprises administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia. [0144] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a human subject who has a confirmed or suspected viral lung infection. The method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject suffering from a viral lung infection. In certain embodiments, the human subject has or is at risk for ALI. In certain embodiments, the human subject has or is at risk of ARDS. In certain embodiments, the human subject has or is at risk for ALI with concomitant pneumonia or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia. [0145] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a human subject who has or is at risk for cytokine release syndrome (CRS), the method comprising administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject who has or is at risk for CRS. In various embodiments, the human subject who has or is at risk for CRS is determined to have or at risk for ALI, ARDS, ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia. In various embodiments, the human subject who has or is at risk for CRS has confirmed or suspected viral lung infection. [0146] While not wishing to be bound by theory, the present disclosure is based at least in part on the ability of an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to alleviate, diminish or prevent one or more of the symptoms associated with these conditions, including CRS, as described herein below. 5.5. Methods of Treating Aging-Related Immune Dysfunction [0147] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating or preventing aging- related immune dysfunction, comprising: administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject, having, or suspected of having, aging-related immune dysfunction. [0148] In certain embodiments, the human subject is identified as suffering from inflammaging, immunosenescence and/or age-related decline in immune function. In certain embodiments, the subject has, or is identified as having, altered or abnormal peripheral blood neutrophil levels, elevated levels of neutrophil activation, or elevated levels of neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood. [0149] In certain embodiments, the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated pre- treatment absolute neutrophil count or elevated neutrophil markers, such as myeloperoxidase (MPO), in peripheral blood. In certain embodiments, the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated pre-treatment myeloid to lymphoid ratio. In certain embodiments, the human subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated pre-treatment absolute neutrophil count (ANC). In certain embodiments, the human subject has, or is identified as having, pre- treatment lymphopenia. 5.6. Methods of Augmenting Protective Immunity of a Vaccine [0150] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of boosting or augmenting induction of protective immunity by vaccine in a subject. In some embodiments, the method includes co-administering a vaccine and an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject, where the subject’s immune response to the vaccine is augmented as compared to vaccination in the absence of the DP1 receptor antagonist. The terms "immune response enhancing amount" and "immune response augmenting amount" are used interchangeably and refer to an amount of a compound administered effective to enhance an immune response of vaccine administration in a subject compared to vaccine administration without co- administration of the compound. An immune response enhancing amount of the DP1 receptor antagonist can be administered in one or more administrations. [0151] The term "immunogen" refers to an antigen that is recognized as unwanted, undesired, and/or foreign in a subject. The term "immune response" includes a response by a subject's immune system to a vaccine. Immune responses include both cell-mediated immune responses (responses mediated by antigen-specific T cells and non-specific cells of the immune system) and humoral immune responses (responses mediated by antibodies present in the plasma lymph, and tissue fluids). The term "immune response" encompasses both the initial responses to an immunogen as well as memory responses that are a result of "acquired immunity." [0152] In some embodiments, the vaccine administered is a vaccine that protects against a viral respiratory tract infection (e.g., as described herein). [0153] Example 8.3 describes the efficacy of BGE-175 (S-555739) in augmenting the humoral response to a vaccine in an aged mouse vaccine model. [0154] The terms "co-administering" and "in combination with" include the administration of the two agents (e.g., vaccine and the DP1 receptor antagonist) either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially within no specific time limits. In one embodiment, the agents are present in the cell or in the subject's body at the same time or exert their biological or therapeutic effect at the same time. In one embodiment, the agents are in the same composition or unit dosage form. In other embodiments, the agents are in separate compositions or unit dosage forms. Also provided are pharmaceutical preparations of the vaccine and the DP1 receptor antagonist. [0155] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist can be administered prior to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of the vaccine. [0156] "Concomitant administration" of a DP1 receptor antagonist with a vaccine means administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist and vaccine at such time that both the known drug and the composition of the present disclosure will have a therapeutic effect. Such concomitant administration may involve concurrent (i.e. at the same time), prior, or subsequent administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist with respect to the administration of a vaccine. Routes of administration of the two agents may vary, where representative routes of administration are described herein. A person of ordinary skill in the art would have no difficulty determining the appropriate timing, sequence and dosages of administration. 5.6.1. Patient Age [0157] In some embodiments of any of the methods disclosed herein, the human subject is at least 50 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 55 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 60 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 65 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 70 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 75 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is at least 80 years old. [0158] In some embodiments, the human subject is older than 50 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is older than 60 years old. In some embodiments, the human subject is older than 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, or 60 years old. [0159] In some embodiments, the human subject is younger than 60, 59, 58, 57, 56, 55, 54, 53, 52, 51, or 50 years old. In some embodiments the human subject is a young adult between the age of 20-35. In some embodiments, the human subject is middle aged, between the age of 35-50. 5.6.2. Pre-treatment symptoms and signs 5.6.2.1 Confirmed or suspected viral lung infection [0160] In various embodiments of the methods described herein, the human subject has a confirmed, or is suspected of having, a viral lung infection. In some embodiments, the infection is an acute viral respiratory infection. In some embodiments, the infection is by a virus selected from coronavirus, influenza virus, rhinovirus, metapneumovirus, adenovirus, and boca virus. [0161] In some embodiments, the virus is a coronavirus. In certain embodiments, the virus is any one or combination of the following coronaviruses: coronavirus OC43, coronavirus 229E, coronavirus NL63, coronavirus HKU1, middle east respiratory syndrome beta coronavirus (MERS-CoV), severe acute respiratory syndrome beta coronavirus (SARS-CoV), and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19). In a specific embodiment, the virus is SARS-CoV-2, also referred to as nCoV-2, nCoV2 or 2019-nCoV. The terms “nCoV2”, “nCoV-2” and “SARS- CoV-2” are used interchangeably herein. In particular embodiments, the human subject has severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS). In particular embodiments, the human subject has middle eastern respiratory syndrome (MERS). In particular embodiments, the human subject has coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). [0162] In some embodiments, the SARS-CoV-2 is a variant of the SARS-CoV-2 that has one or more mutations in the spike protein. In some embodiments, the SARS-CoV-2 mutation is the “Japan” or “Brazil” or “P1” variant which has mutations in the spike protein at K417, E484, N501, and D614. In some embodiments, the Japan or Brazil variant has the following mutations in the spike protein K417T, E484K, N501Y, and D614G. In some embodiments, the mutation is the Japan or Brazil variant which has mutations in the spike protein at K417, E484, N501, and D614. In some embodiments, the “South African” or “B.1.351” variant which has mutations in the spike protein at K417, E484, N501, and/or D614. In some embodiments, the South African variant has the following mutations in the spike protein K417N, E484K, N501Y, and/or D614G. In some embodiments, the variant is the “United Kingdom” or “B.1.1.7” variant. In some embodiments, the B.1.1.7 variant has the following mutations Δ69/70, Δ144Y, E484K, S494P, N501Y, A570D, D614G, and/or P681H. In some embodiments, the variant is the “California mutation_1” or “B.1.427” variant. In some embodiments, the B.1.427 variant has the following mutation L452R and/or D614G. In some embodiments, the variant is the “California mutation_2” or “B.1.429” variant. In some embodiments, the B.1.429 variant has the following mutation S13I, W152C, L452R, and D614G. [0163] In some embodiments, the virus is an influenza virus. In some embodiments, the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B. In particular embodiments, the virus is any one or combination of the following influenza viruses: parainfluenza virus 1, parainfluenza virus 2, parainfluenza virus 3, parainfluenza virus 4, influenza A virus, and influenza B virus. [0164] In various embodiments, viral infection has been or is concomitantly confirmed by detection of viral genetic material in a fluid sample from the human subject. In some embodiments, viral infection has not been or is not concomitantly confirmed by detection of viral genetic material in a fluid sample from the human subject, but is suspected based on clinical presentation and history. In particular embodiments, treatment is initiated before confirmation by detection of viral genetic material. In specific embodiments, treatment is initiated before confirmation by detection of viral genetic material, and viral infection is later confirmed by detection of viral genetic material or virus-specific IgM and/or IgG in the human subject’s serum. 5.6.2.2 Confirmed or suspected bacterial lung infection [0165] In various embodiments of the methods described herein, the human subject has a confirmed or suspected of having a bacterial lung infection. [0166] In some embodiments, the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease caused by a gram positive bacteria. In some embodiments, the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease caused by a gram negative bacteria. In some embodiments, the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease caused by a gram indeterminate bacteria.. [0167] In some embodiments, the bacterial infection is a co-/secondary infection that untreated further increases morbidity and mortality of a primary viral infection (e.g., COVID- 19 or influenza). [0168] In various embodiments, bacterial infection has been or is concomitantly confirmed by detection of bacterial genetic material in a fluid sample from the human subject. In some embodiments, bacterial infection has not been or is not concomitantly confirmed by detection of bacterial genetic material in a fluid sample from the human subject, but is suspected based on clinical presentation and history. In particular embodiments, treatment is initiated before confirmation by detection of bacterial genetic material. In specific embodiments, treatment is initiated before confirmation by detection of bacterial genetic material, and bacterial infection is later confirmed by detection of bacterial genetic material or bacterial-specific IgM and/or IgG in the human subject’s serum. 5.6.2.3 Fever [0169] In some embodiments, the human subject has fever. In some embodiments, the human subject has a body temperature greater than 37.5°C. In some embodiments, the body temperature is 37.6°C or greater, 37.7°C or greater, 37.8°C or greater, 37.9°C or greater, 38°C or greater, 38.1°C or greater, 38.2°C or greater, 38.3°C or greater, 38.4°C or greater, 38.5°C or greater, 38.6°C or greater, 38.7°C or greater, 38.8°C or greater, 38.9°C or greater, 39°C or greater, 39.1°C or greater, 39.2°C or greater, 39.3°C or greater, 39.4°C or greater, 39.5°C or greater, 39.6°C or greater, 39.7°C or greater, 39.8°C or greater, 39.9°C or greater, 40°C or greater, 40.1°C or greater, 40.2°C or greater, 40.3°C or greater, 40.4°C or greater, 40.5°C or greater, 40.6°C or greater, 40.7°C or greater, 40.8°C or greater, 40.9°C or greater, 41°C or greater, or 42°C or greater. In some embodiments, the human subject has a body temperature greater than 37.5°C for 24 hours or more, 48 hours or more, 72 hours or more, 96 hours or more, 5 days or more, 6 days or more, 1 week or more, 1.5 weeks or more, or 2 weeks or more. In typical embodiments, the body temperature is measured from clinically accessible measurement sites on the human subject. In various embodiments, the measurement site is the human subject’s forehead, temple, and/or other external body surfaces. In some embodiments, the measurement site is the oral cavity, rectal cavity, axilla area, or tympanic membrane. 5.6.2.1 Gastrointestinal symptoms [0170] In some embodiments of the methods of treatment described herein, the human subject has a gastrointestinal symptom. [0171] In some embodiments of the methods of treatment described herein, the human subject has a serious symptom induced by an inflammation effect of viral and/or bacterial infection. In some embodiments, the symptom induced by an inflammation effect is a gastrointestinal symptom. [0172] In some embodiments, the gastrointestinal symptom is selected from pasty stools, loose or watery stools, abdominal cramps, abdominal pain, fever, blood in the stool, mucus in the stool, bloating, lack of appetite and nausea. In certain embodiments, the human subject has diarrhea and/or vomiting. In some embodiments, the human subject has diarrhea. [0173] In certain embodiments, the symptom induced by an inflammation effect is selected from one or more of pasty stools, loose or watery stools, abdominal cramps, abdominal pain, fever, blood in the stool, mucus in the stool, bloating and nausea. In certain embodiments, the symptom induced by an inflammation effect is selected from diarrhea and/or vomiting. In some embodiments, symptom induced by an inflammation effect is diarrhea. 5.6.2.2 Reduced blood oxygen saturation [0174] In some embodiments, the human subject has a blood oxygen saturation level (SpO2) of less than 95%. In some embodiments, the human subject has a blood oxygen saturation level (SpO2) of less than 94%. In some embodiments, the human subject has a blood oxygen saturation level (SpO2) of 93% or less. In some embodiments, the human subject has an SpO2 level of 92% or less, 91% or less, 90% or less, 85% or less, 80% or less, 75% or less, 70% or less, 65% or less, 60% or less, 55% or less, 50% or less, 45% or less, 40% or less, 35% or less, 30% or less, or 25% or less. In some embodiments, the human subject requires mechanical ventilation and/or supplemental oxygen. 5.6.2.3 Pneumonia [0175] In some embodiments, the human subject has pneumonia. 5.6.2.4 Hospitalization [0176] In some embodiments, the human subject is hospitalized. 5.6.2.5 Mechanical or assisted ventilation [0177] In some embodiments, the human subject is on a ventilator. In some embodiments, the human subject is not on a ventilator. 5.6.2.6 Pre-treatment immune markers [0178] In some embodiments of any of the methods disclosed herein, the method further comprises a step of assessing and/or monitoring before, during and/or after treatment, the levels of one or more immune markers of interest of the subject. In some embodiments, the pre-treatment levels of the one or more immune markers are assessed or measured in a sample of the subject. The one or more immune markers of the subject can be monitored during treatment according to the methods described herein, e.g., to evaluate the effectiveness of treatment. In some embodiments, the pre-treatment levels of the one or more immune markers are abnormal (e.g., elevated above a range of normal levels) and the administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist improves (e.g., reduces) the levels of one or more immune markers to a level within a normal expected range for the subject post treatment. In certain embodiments, the immune marker that is assessed or measured (e.g., in a sample of the subject) is selected from total leukocytes, neutrophils, eosinophils, macrophages, dendritic cells, T-cells, and NK cells. In certain embodiments, the monitored immune markers include: IL-6, CRP, IL-10, CD4+ and CD8+ T cells, and absolute lymphocyte count. [0179] In certain embodiments, the subject has, or is identified as having, a pre-treatment elevated peripheral blood neutrophil level, elevated levels of neutrophil activation, and/or elevated level of neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood. In some embodiments, “elevated” refers a level of a marker, or a marker activity, of interest that is 10% or more higher than the expected or observed level or activity in a healthy subject, such as 20% or more higher, 30% or more higher, 40% or more higher, 50% or more higher, 100% or more higher, or even higher. In certain embodiments, the human subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated pre-treatment absolute neutrophil count (ANC) of greater than 6,000 cells/mm3 of blood. [0180] In certain embodiments, the subject has, or is identified as having, abnormal or elevated levels of IL-6, CRP, IL-10, CD4+ and CD8+ T cells, or absolute lymphocyte count. [0181] In certain embodiments, the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated absolute neutrophil count or elevated neutrophil markers in peripheral blood. In certain embodiments, the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated myeloid to lymphoid ratio. In certain embodiments, the human subject has, or is identified as having, lymphopenia. In certain embodiments, the human subject has, or is identified as having, reduced levels of type 2 interferon (gamma interferon) (e.g., a level of gamma interferon that is below a normal level of gamma interferon which is expected or observed in a healthy subject. [0182] In certain embodiments, administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts dendritic cell function in the subject. In certain embodiments, the method further comprises determining a level of CCR7 in a sample of the subject as a marker of dendritic cell function. In certain embodiments, administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts NK cell function in the subject. In certain embodiments, the method further comprises determining level of gamma interferon in a sample of the subject as a marker of NK cell function. 5.6.3. DP1 receptor antagonists [0183] A DP1 receptor antagonist is an agent that inhibits the activity of the prostaglandin D2 (PGD2) DP1 signaling pathway. Prostaglandin (PG) D2 is a ligand for the G‐protein coupled receptors DP1 (D‐type prostanoid receptor 1) and DP2 (also known as chemoattractant receptor homologous molecule, expressed on Th2 cells; CRTH2). Both, DP1 and DP2 are expressed on the cellular surface of eosinophils. In some embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist is an inhibitor of DP1. 5.6.3.1 Certain DP1 receptor antagonists [0184] In certain embodiments of the methods of treatment described herein, the DP1 receptor antagonist is selected from ADC-7405, ADC-9971, AM-432, AMG-009, AP-768, AZD-5985, AZD-8075, laropiprant, ONO-4053, ONO-4127Na, S-5751, AMG-853, AGN- 211377, SAR-389644, and vidupiprant, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 5.6.3.2 DP1 receptor antagonists of Formula (I), and Formula (II) [0185] In certain embodiments of the methods of treatment described herein, the DP1 receptor is a DP1 receptor antagonist described in US Patent No. 8,153,793, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. [0186] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is a compound represented by the following general formula (I):
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein: the ring A is an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring; the ring B is a nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a nitrogen- containing aromatic heterocyclic ring; the ring C is an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring; R1 is hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, cyano or a carboxy equivalent; R2 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, mercapto, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted alkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted amino, acyl, optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkenyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, optionally substituted sulfamoyl, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted arylthio, optionally substituted arylsulfinyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted heteroarylthio, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfinyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyloxy or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; R3 is a hydrogen atom, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio, optionally substituted arylthio or optionally substituted heteroarylthio; R4 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, mercapto, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted alkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted amino, acyl, optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkenyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, optionally substituted sulfamoyl, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted arylthio, optionally substituted arylsulfinyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted heteroarylthio, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfinyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyloxy or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; R5 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkyloxy, oxo, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; M is carbonyl or sulfonyl; Y is a single bond, optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —N(R6)—; L1, L2 and L3 are independently a single bond, optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), optionally substituted alkenylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), optionally substituted alkynylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) or —N(R7)—; R6 and R7 are independently a hydrogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, acyl, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; k is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; n is 0, 1 or 2; and q is 0, 1, 2 or 3; provided that a) k is not 0 when the ring B is a 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atom(s), and the ring C is a benzene ring, b) the ring C is not an indole ring or an azaindole ring, c) R1 is not carboxy when the ring C is a benzene ring, -L3- is —(O-alkylene)-, and the substituting position of L3 and Y is an ortho-position each other in the ring C, and d) the substituting position of L3 and Y is not a para-position in the ring C when the ring B is a thiazolidine ring and the ring C is a benzene ring; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0187] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is of formula (II):
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein: R2A and R2B are each independently a hydrogen atom or
Figure imgf000051_0002
, wherein at least one of R2A or R2B is
Figure imgf000051_0003
; R2C is selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, NO2, CN,
Figure imgf000051_0004
R2D is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom,
Figure imgf000051_0005
R2E is a hydrogen atom; R5 is an alkyl group; n is 0 or 1; and R3 is optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted alkylthio; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0188] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is selected from:
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0189] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000054_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0190] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000054_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0191] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000054_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0192] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000055_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0193] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000055_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0194] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000055_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0195] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000055_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0196] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000056_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0197] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist:
Figure imgf000056_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 5.6.3.3 BGE-175 [0198] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is BGE-175 (asapiprant, also known as S-555739) having the molecular formula as follows:
Figure imgf000056_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 5.6.3.4 Pharmaceutical Composition [0199] The DP1 receptor antagonist used in the methods described herein can be formulated in any appropriate pharmaceutical composition for administration by any suitable route of administration. Suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral and intravenous routes of administration. Suitable routes also include pulmonary administration, including by oral inhalation. The most suitable route may depend upon the condition and disorder of the recipient. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods known in the art of pharmacy. [0200] All methods include the step of bringing into association a DP1 receptor antagonist, or a salt thereof, with the carrier which constitutes one or more excipients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation. [0201] In certain embodiments, the route of administration for use in the methods described herein is parental administration. In certain embodiments, the route of administration for use in the methods described herein is intravenous administration. In certain embodiments, the route of administration for use in the methods described herein is oral administration. [0202] Formulations of the present methods suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste. [0203] A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide sustained, delayed or controlled release of the active ingredient therein. [0204] Formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. Formulations for parenteral administration also include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions, which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose of multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of a sterile liquid carrier, for example saline, phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) or the like, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described. [0205] The pharmaceutical composition may comprise one or more pharmaceutical excipients. Any suitable pharmaceutical excipient may be used, and one of ordinary skill in the art is capable of selecting suitable pharmaceutical excipients. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical excipients provided below are intended to be illustrative, and not limiting. Additional pharmaceutical excipients include, for example, those described in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 8th Revised Ed. (2017), incorporated by reference in its entirety. 5.6.3.5 Dosage regimens [0206] In various embodiments of the methods described herein, a DP1 receptor antagonist is administered by a route selected from oral, intravenous, subcutaneous, pulmonary (including but not limited to pulmonary administration by oral inhalation), and intranasal. A currently preferred route of administration for use in the methods described herein is oral administration. In certain embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist is administered by intravenous bolus infusion followed by continuous intravenous infusion. [0207] The daily dose of a pharmaceutical composition including a DP1 receptor antagonist may be varied over a wide range from about 1 mg to about 3000 mg; preferably, the dose will be in the range of from about 10 mg to about 1000 mg per day, from about 25 mg to about 500 mg per day or from about 50 mg to about 200 mg per day for an average human. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets or capsules containing, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, or 2000 milligrams of the DP1 receptor antagonist active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the subject to be treated. [0208] Advantageously, the DP1 receptor antagonist compound may be administered in a single daily dose or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. In some embodiments, the total daily dosage is administered in divided doses of one to three daily. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is from 50 mg to 200mg. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 50 mg. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 100 mg. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 150 mg. In some embodiments, the total daily dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 200 mg. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered twice per day (BID). In some embodiments, the twice per day (BID) dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 50 mg. In some embodiments, the twice per day (BID) dose of DP1 receptor antagonist is 100 mg. In some embodiments, the dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is a dose of BGE-175 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0209] In various embodiments of the methods described herein, a DP1 receptor antagonist is administered orally to the human subject in a fed state. In some embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist is administered orally to the human subject in a fasted state. [0210] The therapeutically effective dose for DP1 receptor antagonist or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may vary according to the desired effect. Therefore, optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined by those skilled in the art, and may vary with the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular subject being treated, including subject age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust the dose to an appropriate therapeutic level. The above dosages are thus exemplary of the average case. There can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower dosage ranges are merited, and such are within the scope of this disclosure. [0211] In certain embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 2-14 days. In various embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 21 days, 29 days, or longer. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for seven days or more. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 7 to 14 days. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 14 to 21 days. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 21 days or more. DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 21 to 28 days. In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered for 28 days or more, such as 6 weeks or more, 2 months or more, or 3 months or more. [0212] In some embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered in a dose that is independent of patient weight or surface area (i.e., flat dose). [0213] The DP1 receptor antagonist can be administered in a single dose or in multiple doses, such as a divided dose. In various embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered once a day, once every 2 days, once every 3 days, once every 4 days, once every 5 days, once every 6 days, once every 7 days, once every 14 days, once every 21 days, once every 28 days, or once a month. In various embodiments, DP1 receptor antagonist is administered twice a day, twice every 2 days, twice every 3 days, twice every 4 days, twice every 5 days, twice every 6 days, twice every 7 days, twice every 14 days, twice every 21 days, twice every 28 days, or twice a month. In various embodiments, the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered 1 time a week, 2 times a week, 3 times a week, four times a week, or five times a week. [0214] In certain embodiments, the dosage is administered to the human subject in the fed state. In certain embodiments, the dosage is administered to the human subject in the fasted state wherein the dosage is modified to achieve a similar PK profile as when administered in the fed state. 5.6.3.6 Dosage form [0215] In some embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist or salt thereof is administered in a suspension. In other embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist or salt thereof is administered in a solution. In some embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist or salt thereof is administered in a solid dosage form. In particular embodiments, the solid dosage form is a capsule. In particular embodiments, the solid dosage form is a tablet. In specific embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist is in a crystalline or amorphous form. In particular embodiments, a DP1 receptor antagonist is in amorphous form. 5.6.4. Additional Agents [0216] In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further comprise administering an effective amount of at least one second therapeutic agent. [0217] In certain embodiments, one or more corticosteroids may be administered to the human subject, either prior to, concurrently, or post-administration of a DP1 receptor antagonist. [0218] In certain embodiments, the second therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of dexamethasone, an antiviral agent, an antibacterial agent, an angiotensin receptor blocker (ARB), an IL-6 inhibitor, hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine, and COVID-19 immune serum or plasma. [0219] In certain embodiments, anticoagulants are administered to the human subject in addition to a DP1 receptor antagonist. 5.6.4.1 Anti-Viral Agents [0220] In some embodiments, the method of the present disclosure further comprises administering an effective amount of an anti-viral agent. [0221] In some embodiments, the anti-viral agent is selected from the group consisting of: favipiravir, favilavir, remdesivir, galidesivir and a combination of lopinavir and ritonavir. [0222] In particular embodiments, the anti-viral agent is favipiravir. [0223] In particular embodiments, the anti-viral agent is remdesivir. [0224] In particular embodiments, the anti-viral agent is galidesivir. [0225] In particular embodiments, the anti-viral agent is a combination of lopinavir and ritonavir. 5.6.4.2 Antibacterial Agents [0226] In some embodiments, the method of the present disclosure further comprises administering an antibacterial agent. In some embodiments, the antibacterial agent is selected from the group consisting of azithromycin, tobramycin, aztreonam, ciprofloxacin, meropenem, cefepime, cetadizine, imipenem, piperacillin-tazobactam, amikacin, gentamicin and levofloxacin. In certain embodiments, the antibacterial agent is azithromycin. 5.6.4.3 Angiotensin Receptor Blocker (ARB) [0227] In some embodiments, the methods herein further comprise administering an ARB. [0228] In particular embodiments, the ARB is selected from losartan, valsartan, azilsartan, candesartan, eprosartan, irgesartan, olmesartan, and telmisartan. 5.6.4.4 IL-6 Antagonists [0229] In certain embodiments, the human subject is further administered an IL-6 antagonist. In some embodiments, the IL-6 inhibitor or antagonist is selected from the group consisting of: an anti-IL-6 receptor antibody or an antigen binding fragment thereof; an anti-IL-6 antibody or an antigen binding fragment thereof; and a JAK/STAT inhibitor. 5.6.4.4.1 Anti-IL-6 Receptor Antibodies [0230] In various embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is an anti-IL-6 receptor (anti-IL-6R) antibody or antigen-binding fragment or derivative thereof. [0231] In typical embodiments, the anti-IL-6R reduces the biological activity of IL-6 receptor. [0232] In some embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is an anti-IL-6R monoclonal antibody. In some embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is a polyclonal composition comprising a plurality of species of anti-IL-6R antibodies, each of the plurality having unique CDRs. [0233] In some embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody is a Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 , Fv, scFv, (scFv)2, single chain antibody molecule, dual variable domain antibody, single variable domain antibody, linear antibody, or V domain antibody. [0234] In some embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody comprises a scaffold. In certain embodiments, the scaffold is Fc, optionally human Fc. In some embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody comprises a heavy chain constant region of a class selected from IgG, IgA, IgD, IgE, and IgM. In certain embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody comprises a heavy chain constant region of the class IgG and a subclass selected from IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4. [0235] In some embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is immunoconjugate or fusion protein comprising an IL-6R antigen-binding fragment. [0236] In some embodiments, the antibody is bispecific or multispecific, with at least one of the antigen-binding portions having specificity for IL-6 receptor. [0237] In some embodiments, the antibody is fully human. In some embodiments, the antibody is humanized. In some embodiments, the antibody is chimeric and has non-human V regions and human C region domains. In some embodiments, the antibody is murine. [0238] In typical embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has a KD for binding human IL-6 receptor of less than 100 nM. In some embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has a KD for binding human IL-6 receptor of less than 75 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM, 20 nM, 15 nM, or 10 nM. In particular embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has a KD for binding human IL-6 receptor of less than 5 nM, 4 nM, 3 nM, or 2 nM. In selected embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has a KD for binding human IL-6 receptor of less than 1 nM, 750 pM, or 500 pM. In specific embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has a KD for binding human IL-6 receptor of no more than 500 pM, 400 pM, 300 pM, 200 pM, or 100 pM. [0239] In typical embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has an elimination half-life following intravenous administration of at least 7 days. In certain embodiments, the anti-IL- 6R antibody has an elimination half-life of at least 14 days, at least 21 days, or at least 30 days. [0240] In some embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody has a human IgG constant region with at least one amino acid substitution that extends serum half-life as compared to the unsubstituted human IgG constant domain. 5.6.4.4.2 Tocilizumab and Derivatives [0241] In certain embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises all six CDRs of tocilizumab. In particular embodiments, the antibody or antigen- binding portion thereof comprises the tocilizumab heavy chain V region and light chain V region. In specific embodiments, the antibody is the full-length tocilizumab antibody. [0242] In various embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody is a derivative of tocilizumab. [0243] In some embodiments, the tocilizumab derivative includes one or more amino acid substitutions in the tocilizumab heavy and/or light chain V regions. [0244] In certain embodiments, the tocilizumab derivative comprises fewer than 25 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 20 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 15 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 10 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 5 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 4 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 3 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 2 amino acid substitutions, or 1 amino acid substitution relative to the original VH and/or VL of the tocilizumab anti-IL-6R antibody, while retaining specificity for human IL-6 receptor. [0245] In certain embodiments, the tocilizumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the VH and VL domain of tocilizumab. The percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters. [0246] In certain embodiments, the tocilizumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence in which the CDRs comprise an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the respective CDRs of tocilizumab. The percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters. [0247] In certain embodiments, the VH and/or VL CDR derivatives comprise conservative amino acid substitutions at one or more predicted nonessential amino acid residues (i.e., amino acid residues which are not critical for the antibody to specifically bind to human IL 6 receptor). 5.6.4.4.3 Sarilumab and Derivatives [0248] In certain embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises all six CDRs of sarilumab. In particular embodiments, the antibody or antigen- binding portion thereof comprises the sarilumab heavy chain V region and light chain V region. In specific embodiments, the antibody is the full-length sarilumab antibody. [0249] In various embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody is a derivative of sarilumab. [0250] In some embodiments, the sarilumab derivative includes one or more amino acid substitutions in the sarilumab heavy and/or light chain V regions. [0251] In certain embodiments, the sarilumab derivative comprises fewer than 25 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 20 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 15 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 10 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 5 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 4 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 3 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 2 amino acid substitutions, or 1 amino acid substitution relative to the original VH and/or VL of the sarilumab anti-IL-6R antibody, while retaining specificity for human IL-6 receptor. [0252] In certain embodiments, the sarilumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the VH and VL domain of sarilumab. The percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters. [0253] In certain embodiments, the sarilumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence in which the CDRs comprise an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the respective CDRs of sarilumab. The percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters. [0254] In certain embodiments, the VH and/or VL CDR derivatives comprise conservative amino acid substitutions at one or more predicted nonessential amino acid residues (i.e., amino acid residues which are not critical for the antibody to specifically bind to human IL 6 receptor). 5.6.4.4.4 Vobarilizumab and Derivatives [0255] In certain embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises all six CDRs of vobarilizumab. In particular embodiments, the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises the vobarilizumab heavy chain V region and light chain V region. In specific embodiments, the antibody is the full-length vobarilizumab antibody. [0256] In various embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody is a derivative of vobarilizumab. [0257] In some embodiments, the vobarilizumab derivative includes one or more amino acid substitutions in the vobarilizumab heavy and/or light chain V regions. [0258] In certain embodiments, the vobarilizumab derivative comprises fewer than 25 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 20 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 15 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 10 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 5 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 4 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 3 amino acid substitutions, fewer than 2 amino acid substitutions, or 1 amino acid substitution relative to the original VH and/or VL of the vobarilizumab anti-IL-6R antibody, while retaining specificity for human IL-6 receptor. [0259] In certain embodiments, the vobarilizumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the VH and VL domain of vobarilizumab. The percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters. [0260] In certain embodiments, the vobarilizumab derivative comprises an amino acid sequence in which the CDRs comprise an amino acid sequence that is at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the respective CDRs of vobarilizumab. The percent sequence identity is determined using BLAST algorithms using default parameters. [0261] In certain embodiments, the VH and/or VL CDR derivatives comprise conservative amino acid substitutions at one or more predicted nonessential amino acid residues (i.e., amino acid residues which are not critical for the antibody to specifically bind to human IL 6 receptor). 5.6.4.4.5 Other Anti-IL-6R Antibodies and Derivatives [0262] In certain embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises all six CDRs of an antibody selected from the group consisting of: SA237 (Roche), NI-1201 (NovImmune), and an antibody described in US 2012/0225060. In particular embodiments, the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises the heavy chain V region and light chain V region of an antibody selected from the group consisting of: SA237 (Roche), NI-1201 (NovImmune), and an antibody described in US 2012/0225060. In specific embodiments, the antibody is a full-length selected from the group consisting of: SA237 (Roche), NI-1201 (NovImmune), and an antibody described in US 2012/0225060. [0263] In various embodiments, the anti-IL-6R antibody is a derivative of an antibody selected from the group consisting of: SA237 (Roche), NI-1201 (NovImmune), or an antibody described in US 2012/0225060. 5.6.4.4.6 Anti-IL-6:IL-6R Complex Antibodies [0264] In various embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is an antibody specific for the complex of IL-6 and IL-6R. In certain embodiments, the antibody has the six CDRs of an antibody selected from those described in US 2011/0002936, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. 5.6.4.4.7 Anti-IL-6 Antibodies [0265] In various embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is an anti-IL-6 antibody or antigen- binding fragment thereof. [0266] In typical embodiments, the anti-IL-6 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof neutralizes the biological activity of human IL-6. In some embodiments, the neutralizing antibody prevents binding of IL-6 to the IL-6 receptor. In certain embodiments, the neutralizing antibody prevents binding of IL-6 to the soluble IL-6 receptor. In certain embodiments, the neutralizing antibody prevents binding of IL-6 to the membrane-bound IL- 6 receptor. In certain embodiments, the neutralizing antibody prevents binding of IL-6 to both the soluble IL-6 receptor and the membrane-bound IL-6 receptor. [0267] In some embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is an anti-IL-6 monoclonal antibody. In some embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is a polyclonal composition comprising a plurality of species of anti-IL-6 antibodies, each of the plurality having unique CDRs. [0268] In some embodiments, the anti-IL-6 antibody is selected from the group consisting of: ziltivekimab, siltuximab, gerilimzumab, sirukumab, clazakizumab, olokizumab, VX30 (VOP- R003; Vaccinex), EB-007 (EBI-029; Eleven Bio), and FM101 (Femta Pharmaceuticals, Lonza). In some embodiments, the antigen-binding fragment is a fragment of an antibody selected from the group consisting of: ziltivekimab, siltuximab, gerilimzumab, sirukumab, clazakizumab, olokizumab, VX30 (VOP-R003; Vaccinex), EB-007 (EBI-029; Eleven Bio), and FM101 (Femta Pharmaceuticals, Lonza). 5.6.4.4.8 IL-6 Antagonist Peptides [0269] In various embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is an antagonist peptide. [0270] In certain embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is C326 (an IL-6 inhibitor by Avidia, also known as AMG220), or FE301, a recombinant protein inhibitor of IL-6 (Ferring International Center S.A., Conaris Research Institute AG). In some embodiments, the anti-IL-6 antagonist comprises soluble gp130, FE301 (Conaris/Ferring). 5.6.4.4.9 JAK and STAT Inhibitors [0271] In various embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is an inhibitor of the JAK signaling pathway. In some embodiments, the JAK inhibitor is a JAK1-specific inhibitor. In some embodiments, the JAK inhibitor is a JAK3-specific inhibitor. In some embodiments, the JAK inhibitor is a pan-JAK inhibitor. In certain embodiments, the JAK inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of tofacitinib (Xeljanz), decernotinib, ruxolitinib, upadacitinib, baricitinib, filgotinib, lestaurtinib, pacritinib, peficitinib, momelotinib, INCB-039110, ABT- 494, INCB-047986 and AC-410. [0272] In various embodiments, the IL-6 antagonist is a STAT3 inhibitor. In a specific embodiment, the inhibitor is AZD9150 (AstraZeneca, Isis Pharmaceuticals), a STAT3 antisense molecule. [0273] In typical embodiments, small molecule JAK inhibitors and STAT inhibitors are administered orally. [0274] In various embodiments, the inhibitor is administered once or twice a day at an oral dose of 0.1 – 1 mg, 1 – 10 mg, 10 – 20 mg, 20 – 30 mg, 30 – 40 mg, or 40 – 50 mg. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is administered once or twice a day at a dose of 50 – 60 mg, 60 – 70 mg, 70 – 80 mg, 80 – 90 mg, or 90 – 100 mg. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is administered at a dose of 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 mg PO once or twice a day. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is administered at a dose of 75 mg or 100 mg PO once or twice a day. 5.6.4.5 Hydroxychloroquine and Chloroquine [0275] In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering an anti-malarial agent. In certain embodiments, the anti-malarial agent is hydroxychloroquine. In certain embodiments, the anti-malarial agent is chloroquine. 5.6.4.6 COVID-19 Immune Serum or Plasma [0276] In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering a COVID-19 immune serum or plasma, or a composition comprising isolated or recombinantly expressed anti-SARS-CoV-2 antibodies having sequences derived from COVID-19 immune serum or plasma. 5.6.4.7 Kits and Compositions [0277] Additionally, certain components or embodiments of the compositions can be provided in a kit. For example, the DP1 receptor antagonist composition, as well as the related buffers or other components related to administration can be provided in separate containers and packaged as a kit, alone or along with separate containers of any of the other agents from any pre-conditioning or post-conditioning steps, and optional instructions for use. In some embodiments, the kit may comprise blistered packaging, ampoules, disposable syringes, capsules, vials, tubes, or the like. In some embodiments, the kit may comprise a single dose container or multiple dose containers comprising the embodiments herein. In some embodiments, each dose container may contain one or more unit doses. In some embodiments, the kit may include an applicator for localized or parenteral routes of administration. In some embodiments, the kits include all components needed for the various stages of treatment. In some embodiments, the compositions may have preservatives or be preservative-free (for example, in a single-use container). In some embodiments, the kit may comprise materials for intravenous administration. In some embodiments, the kit may comprise protamine in a separate container, which can be administered to rapidly neutralize anticoagulation due to unfractionated heparin (UFH). In some embodiments, the kit may comprise a nebulizer in a separate container, which can aerosolize the DP1 receptor antagonist composition for rapid and direct delivery to the lung. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions including a DP1 receptor antagonist, at least one second therapeutic agent (e.g., as described herein), and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or excipient. The composition can include DP1 receptor antagonist and an antiviral agent. In some embodiments, the composition includes remdesivir. In some embodiments, the composition includes favilavir. In some embodiments, the composition includes galidesivir. In some embodiments, the composition includes favipiravir. 5.7. Additional Embodiments [0278] Aspects of this disclosure are further described in the following numbered clauses: [0279] Clause 1. A method of treating a viral respiratory tract infection, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection. [0280] Clause 2. A method of treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia, the method comprising: administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia. [0281] Clause 3. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 2, wherein the human subject is at least 50 years old. [0282] Clause 4. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 2, wherein the human subject is at least 60 years old. [0283] Clause 5. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 2, wherein the human subject is at least 65 years old. [0284] Clause 6. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 2, wherein the human subject is at least 70 years old. [0285] Clause 7. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 2, wherein the human subject is at least 80 years old. [0286] Clause 8. The method of any one of clauses 1 and 3 to 7, wherein the virus is selected from coronavirus, influenza virus A or influenza virus B, parainfluenza virus, respiratory adenovirus, rhinovirus, boca virus and metapneumovirus. [0287] Clause 9. The method of clause 8, wherein the virus is a coronavirus selected from 229E, NL63, OC43, HKU1, SARS-CoV, MERS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19). [0288] Clause 10. The method of clause 9, wherein the coronavirus is SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19). [0289] Clause 11. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 10, wherein the subject is not hospitalized. [0290] Clause 12. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 10, wherein the subject is hospitalized. [0291] Clause 13. The method of clause 12, wherein the human subject is not on a ventilator. [0292] Clause 14. The method of clause 12, wherein the administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist reduces or eliminates the subject’s need for assisted ventilation. [0293] Clause 15. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 14, wherein the subject has a body temperature of greater than 37.5 °C prior to first administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist. [0294] Clause 16. The method of clause 15, wherein the method reduces the body temperature of the subject below pre-treatment levels. [0295] Clause 17. The method of clause 8, wherein the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B. [0296] Clause 18. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 17, wherein the subject also has a bacterial infection. [0297] Clause 19. The method of clause 18, wherein the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease. [0298] Clause 20. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 19, wherein the subject also has diarrhea. [0299] Clause 21. A method of treating or preventing aging-related immune dysfunction, comprising: administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject having, or suspected of having, or at risk for aging-related immune dysfunction. [0300] Clause 22. The method of clause 21, wherein the human subject is at least 50 years old, at least 60 years old, at least 65 years old, at least 70 years old, or at least 80 years old. [0301] Clause 23. The method of any one of clauses 21 to 22, wherein the subject has, or is identified as having, altered peripheral blood neutrophil levels, elevated levels of neutrophil activation, and/or elevated levels of neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood. [0302] Clause 24. The method of any one of clauses 21 to 23, wherein the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated absolute neutrophil count or elevated neutrophil markers in peripheral blood. [0303] Clause 25. The method of clause 24, wherein the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated myeloid to lymphoid ratio. [0304] Clause 26. The method of clause 24, wherein the human subject has, or is identified as having, a pre-treatment absolute neutrophil count (ANC) of greater than 6,000. [0305] Clause 27. The method of any one of clauses 21 to 26, wherein the human subject has, or is identified as having, lymphopenia. [0306] Clause 28. The method of any one of clauses 21 to 27, wherein the human subject has, or is identified as having, decreased levels of type 2 interferon (gamma interferon). [0307] Clause 29. The method of any one of clauses 21 to 28, where the subject is identified as suffering from inflammaging, immunosenescence and/or age-related decline in immune function. [0308] Clause 30. The method of any one of clauses 21 to 29, where the subject has a viral or bacterial infection. [0309] Clause 31. The method of clause 30, where the subject has an acute viral respiratory infection. [0310] Clause 32. The method of clause 30 or 31, wherein the subject has a virus is selected from coronavirus, influenza virus A or influenza virus B, parainfluenza virus, respiratory adenovirus, rhinovirus, boca virus and metapneumovirus. [0311] Clause 33. The method of clause 32, wherein the virus is a coronavirus selected from 229E, NL63, OC43, HKU1, SARS-CoV, MERS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19). [0312] Clause 34. The method of clause 32, wherein the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B. [0313] Clause 35. The method of any one of clauses 30 to 34, wherein the subject has a bacterial infection. [0314] Clause 36. The method of clause 35, wherein the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease. [0315] Clause 37. The method of any one of clauses 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist inhibits neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood. [0316] Clause 38. The method of any one of clauses 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist reduces the subject’s peripheral blood neutrophil levels below pre-treatment levels. [0317] Clause 39. The method of any one of clauses 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts dendritic cell function in the subject. [0318] Clause 40. The method of clause 39, further comprising determining level of CCR7 in a sample of the subject as a marker of dendritic cell function. [0319] Clause 41. The method of any one of clauses 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts NK cell function in the subject. [0320] Clause 42. The method of clause 41, further comprising determining level of gamma interferon in a sample of the subject as a marker of NK cell function. [0321] Clause 43. A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating a viral respiratory tract infection in a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection. [0322] Clause 44. Use of a DP1 receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a viral respiratory tract infection in a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection. [0323] Clause 45. A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating or preventing aging- related immune dysfunction in a human subject having, suspected of having, or at risk for aging-related immune dysfunction. [0324] Clause 46. Use of a DP1 receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing aging-related immune dysfunction in a human subject having, suspected of having, or at risk for aging-related immune dysfunction. [0325] Clause 47. A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating a treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia. [0326] Clause 48. Use of a DP1 receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia. [0327] Clause 49. A method of treating or alleviating a serious symptom induced by an inflammation effect of respiratory tract infection, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject. [0328] Clause 50. The method of clause 49, wherein the symptom induced by an inflammation effect is diarrhea. [0329] Clause 51. The method of any one of clauses 49 or 50, where the respiratory tract infection is an acute viral respiratory infection. [0330] Clause 52. The method of any one of clauses 49 to 51, wherein the subject has a viral respiratory tract infection selected from coronavirus, influenza virus A or influenza virus B, parainfluenza virus, respiratory adenovirus, rhinovirus, boca virus and metapneumovirus. [0331] Clause 53. The method of clause 52, wherein the virus is a coronavirus selected from 229E, NL63, OC43, HKU1, SARS-CoV, MERS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19). [0332] Clause 54. The method of clause 52, wherein the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B. [0333] Clause 55. The method of any one of clauses 49 to 54, wherein the subject has a bacterial infection. [0334] Clause 56. The method of clause 55, wherein the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease. [0335] Clause 57. The method of any one of clauses 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist inhibits neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood. [0336] Clause 58. The method of any one of clauses 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist reduces the subject’s peripheral blood neutrophil levels below pre-treatment levels. [0337] Clause 59. The method of any one of clauses 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts dendritic cell function in the subject. [0338] Clause 60. The method of clause 59, further comprising determining a level of CCR7 in a sample of the subject as a marker of dendritic cell function. [0339] Clause 61. The method of any one of clauses 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts NK cell function in the subject. [0340] Clause 62. The method of clause 61, further comprising determining level of gamma interferon in a sample of the subject as a marker of NK cell function. [0341] Clause 63. A method of vaccinating a subject, comprising: co-administering a vaccine and an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject, wherein the subject’s immune response to the vaccine is augmented as compared to vaccination in the absence of the DP1 receptor antagonist. [0342] Clause 64. The method of clause 63, wherein the vaccine protects against a viral respiratory tract infection. [0343] Clause 65. The method of clause 64, wherein the viral respiratory tract infection is selected from coronavirus, influenza virus A or influenza virus B, parainfluenza virus, respiratory adenovirus, rhinovirus, boca virus and metapneumovirus. [0344] Clause 66. The method of any one of clauses 63 to 65, wherein the subject has, or is suspected of having, or is at risk of aging-related immune dysfunction. [0345] Clause 67. The method of any one of clauses 63 to 66, wherein the human subject is at least 50 years old, at least 60 years old, at least 65 years old, at least 70 years old, or at least 80 years old. [0346] Clause 68. The method any one of clauses 63 to 67, further comprising assessing humoral immune response to the vaccine in the subject. [0347] Clause 69. A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating a diarrhea in a human subject having, or suspected of having, inflammation induced diarrhea. [0348] Clause 70. Use of a DPI receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a diarrhea in a human subject having, or suspected of having, inflammation induced diarrhea.
[0349] Clause 71. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 42 or 49 to 68, or the use of any one of clauses 43 to 48 or 69 to 70, wherein the DPI receptor antagonist is a compound represented by the following general formula (I):
Figure imgf000075_0001
wherein: the ring A is an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring; the ring B is a nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a nitrogencontaining aromatic heterocyclic ring; the ring C is an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring;
R1 is hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, cyano or a carboxy equivalent;
R2 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, mercapto, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted alkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted amino, acyl, optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkenyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, optionally substituted sulfamoyl, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted arylthio, optionally substituted arylsulfinyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted heteroarylthio, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfinyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyloxy or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group;
R3 is a hydrogen atom, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio, optionally substituted arylthio or optionally substituted heteroarylthio;
R4 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, mercapto, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted alkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted amino, acyl, optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkenyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, optionally substituted sulfamoyl, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted arylthio, optionally substituted arylsulfinyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted heteroarylthio, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfinyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyloxy or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group;
R5 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkyloxy, oxo, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group;
M is carbonyl or sulfonyl;
Y is a single bond, optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or — N(R6) — ;
LI, L2 and L3 are independently a single bond, optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), optionally substituted alkenylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), optionally substituted alkynylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) or — N(R7) — ;
R6 and R7 are independently a hydrogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, acyl, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; k is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; n is 0, 1 or 2; and q is 0, 1, 2 or 3; provided that a) k is not 0 when the ring B is a 6-membered nitrogencontaining heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atom(s), and the ring C is a benzene ring, b) the ring C is not an indole ring or an azaindole ring, c) R1 is not carboxy when the ring C is a benzene ring, -L3- is — (O-alkylene)-, and the substituting position of L3 and Y is an ortho-position each other in the ring C, and d) the substituting position of L3 and Y is not a para-position in the ring C when the ring B is a thiazolidine ring and the ring C is a benzene ring; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0350] Clause 72. The method or use of clause 71, wherein the DPI receptor antagonist is of formula (II):
Figure imgf000078_0001
wherein:
R2A and R2B are each independently a hydrogen atom or
Figure imgf000078_0002
, wherein at least one of R2A or R2B is
Figure imgf000078_0003
R2C is selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, NO2 , CN,
Figure imgf000078_0004
R2D is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom,
Figure imgf000078_0005
R2E is a hydrogen atom;
R5 is an alkyl group; n is 0 or 1; and
R3 is optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted alkylthio; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0351] Clause 73. The method or use of clause 71, wherein the DPI receptor antagonist is selected from:
Figure imgf000079_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0352] Clause 74. The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000080_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0353] Clause 75. The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000080_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0354] Clause 76. The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000080_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0355] Clause 77. The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000080_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0356] Clause 78. The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000081_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0357] Clause 79. The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000081_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0358] Clause 80. The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000081_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0359] Clause 81. The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000081_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0360] Clause 82. The method or use of clause 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000082_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0361] Clause 83. The method of any one of clauses 1 to 42, or 49 to 68, or the use of any one of clauses 43 to 48 or 69 to 70, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is ADC-7405, ADC- 9971, AM-432, AMG-009, AP-768, AZD-5985, AZD-8075, laropiprant, ONO-4053, ONO- 4127Na, S-5751 or vidupiprant. [0362] Clause 84. The method or use of any one of clauses 74 to 83, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered orally. [0363] Clause 85. The method or use of any one of clauses 74 to 83, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered daily. [0364] Clause 86. The method or use of clause 85, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered twice a day. [0365] Clause 87. The method or use of clause 85 or 86, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered three times a day. [0366] Clause 88. The method or use of any one of clauses 85 to 87, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is from 50 mg to 200mg. [0367] Clause 89. The method or use of clause 88, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 50mg. [0368] Clause 90. The method or use of use of clause 88 or 89, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 100 mg. [0369] Clause 91. The method or use of any one of clauses 88 to 90, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 150mg. [0370] Clause 92. The method or use of any one of clauses 88 to 91, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 200mg. [0371] Clause 93. The method or use of any one of clauses 88 to 92, wherein the daily dose is a fed dose. 6. EXAMPLES [0372] Below are examples of specific embodiments for carrying out the present invention. The examples are offered for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers used (e.g., amounts, temperatures, etc.), but some experimental error and deviation should, of course, be allowed for. [0373] The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology, within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. Example 1: Bioinformatic analyses of human cohort data demonstrate increased neutrophil abundance/activity with age and that higher levels of neutrophil markers are associated with increased risk of RTI and all-cause mortality in elderly people [0374] A survival predictor model was used to identify and examine the relationship between signals for neutrophil-associated genes and future risk of all-cause mortality in human healthy aging cohorts, using clinical outcome data proprietary to those cohorts and proteomics data generated on archived samples. [0375] Methods: [0376] Serum and/or plasma samples from people of different ages, and at follow-up intervals of around 20 years, were interrogated using untargeted proteomics and transcriptomics. Multivariable linear regression models were fit to model the associations of transcript levels and protein levels with age. Multivariable cox proportional hazards models were fit to model the associations of transcript levels and protein levels with longevity. The relationships to age and longevity of specific genes and proteins whose levels are indicative of the number and functional status of different immune cell types were examined. [0377] Results: [0378] Hazard ratios for all-cause mortality for selected gene categories and selected genes are detailed below. [0379] FIG.1 shows a graph of results from the blood transcriptomics analysis. Mortality hazard ratios are plotted for genes associated with gene ontology categories of (1) neutrophil degranulation (GO:0043312), (2) neutrophil mediated immunity (GO:0002446), and (3) neutrophil activation involved in immune response (GO:0002283). Hazard ratios are plotted separately for all 612 genes (left) and the neutrophil degranulation GO category (right). The False Discovery Rate (FDR) was < 0.1 for mortality (612 genes). [0380] Specific genes and proteins of interest from the GO categories were examined, e.g., related to neutrophil chemoattractants or neutrophil granule proteins. [0381] BIOAGE human cohort signals for neutrophil-related genes: [0382] Neutrophil chemoattractants: • CXCL1: proteomics- Hazard ratio (HR) of 1.08 for all-cause mortality (p = 2.39e- 02). Increases with age: Fold change of 1.10x from after 20 years of aging (p = 2.10e- 05) • CXCL8: proteomics- HR of 1.09 for all-cause mortality (p = 1.21e-02) • CXCL2: proteomics - Increases with age: Fold change of 1.39x from after 20 years of aging (p = 9.68e-41) • CXCL6: proteomics HR of 1.10 for all-cause mortality (p = 9.75e-03) Increases with age: Fold change of 1.23x from after 20 years of aging (p = 8.81e-10) • CXCL5: HR of 0.89 for all-cause mortality (p = 1.18e-03) [0383] Neutrophil granule proteins: • Myeloperoxidase (MPO): HR of 1.20 for all-cause mortality (p = 2.37e-07) Increases with age: Fold change of 1.02x from after 20 years of aging (p = 7.09e-05) OR = 1.29 for having an RTI in the last 3 weeks (p = 9.31e-03) • ELANE: HR of 1.13 for all-cause mortality (p = 7.13e-04) OR = 1.27 for having an RTI in the last 3 weeks (p = 0.0167) • MMP8: HR of 1.09 for all-cause mortality (p = 1.38e-02) [0384] BIOAGE cohort data for Myeloperoxidase (MPO). MPO is a well-established marker of activated neutrophils: [0385] All-cause mortality: • Serum proteomics: Hazard Ratio (HR) = 1.20 for all-cause mortality (p = 2.37e-07) • Blood transcriptomics: HR = 1.27 for all-cause mortality (p = 1.08e-04) [0386] Aging: • Serum proteomics: Fold change of 1.02x from after 20 years of aging (p = 7.09e-05) • Blood transcriptomics: Fold change of 1.06x per decade (p = 2.43e-12) [0387] Musculoskeletal Frailty: • Serum proteomics: HR = 1.12 for IADLs (p = 0.04) • Serum proteomics: HR = 1.20 for ADLs (p = 0.01) • Serum proteomics: HR = 1.16 for functional mobility (p = 0.004) [0388] Cognitive decline: • Serum proteomics: HR = 1.31 for CASI decline below 75 points (p = 1.30e-05) [0389] Respiratory tract infection (RTI): • Serum proteomics: HR = 1.29 for having an RTI in the prior 3 weeks (p = 9.31e-03) [0390] Our analysis of the BIOAGE human healthy aging cohort data indicates that neutrophil abundance/activity increases with age and higher levels of neutrophil markers (e.g. MPO) are associated with increased risk of respiratory tract infection and all-cause mortality in elderly people. Example 2: BGE-175 reduces neutrophil levels in nasal lavage in human subjects after allergen challenge in a Phase 2 study [0391] Study Title: [0392] A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 2-period crossover study was conducted to evaluate effects of multiple oral doses of BGE-175 (S-555739) on response to nasal allergen challenge in subjects with intermittent grass pollen sensitive allergic rhinitis. [0393] Study Design Summary: [0394] FIG.2 illustrates the design of nasal allergen challenge study. Subjects were treated with allergen (standardized extract of grass pollen) and then screened for 14 days for inclusion. Selected patients were given BGE-175 (S-555739) or placebo for 6 days and nasal lavage was performed on Days 6, 7 and 9 for both Period 1 and 2. At each challenge session (Days 7 and 9 of each treatment period), for each subject, samples were taken at 8 hours post challenge and after the other evaluations. Cell populations were determined by slide analysis (Cytospin analysis using a rapid Romanowsky stain). [0395] Objectives: [0396] Primary objectives: • To evaluate the effects of multiple oral doses of BGE-175 (S-555739) 100 mg once daily on allergen challenge induced total nasal airway resistance (NAR) between active and placebo treatments at Day 7. [0397] Secondary objectives: • To evaluate the effects of multiple oral doses of BGE-175 (S-555739) 100 mg once daily on allergen challenge induced total NAR between active and placebo treatments at Day 9. • To evaluate the effects of multiple oral doses of BGE-175 (S-555739) 100 mg once daily on nasal peak inspiratory flow, internal nasal luminal volume and minimum cross-sectional area between active and placebo treatments. • To evaluate the effects of multiple oral doses of BGE-175 (S-555739) 100 mg once daily on nasal symptoms of allergic rhinitis between active and placebo treatments. • To evaluate the general safety and tolerability of multiple oral doses of BGE-175 (S- 555739) 100 mg once daily. [0398] Exploratory objectives: • To evaluate the relationship between the trough plasma levels of BGE-175 (S- 555739) and the pharmacodynamic endpoints. • To evaluate the effects of multiple oral doses of BGE-175 (S-555739) 100 mg once daily on inflammatory cell counts in nasal lavage. [0399] Twenty adult subjects with a history or present evidence of grass pollen sensitive allergic rhinitis were recruited and randomized in the study. [0400] Subject Inclusion Criteria included: • Men and women between 18 and 55 years of age at screening. • Those with body mass index (BMI) of~ 18.0 to < 29 kg/m2. • Current non-smokers from at least 6 months before the study initiation. • Those judged to be in generally good health and without any clinically significant findings on the basis of the medical history, physical and nasal examination, and laboratory evaluation. • Have a positive response to allergen-induced NAC at the screening visit. • Those with at least a documented history, (from the data collected at the screening visit), of seasonal allergic rhinitis during the grass season but are currently asymptomatic. • Those demonstrating a positive percutaneous allergen skin test response to grass pollens (timothy (Phleum pratense), orchard (Dactylis glomerata), ryegrass (/olium perenne), Kentucky blue grass (poa pratensis) and/or sweet vernal grass (anthoxanthum odoratum)). [0401] Subject Exclusion Criteria included: • Current or recent past abusers of alcohol (alcohol consumption > 40 grams/day), or those with a positive alcohol breath test at screening or current user or recent past abuser of illicit drugs (amphetamines, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, cannabis, cocaine, opiates). • Those who have participated in a clinical trial involving an investigational or marketed drug within 3 months of screening. • Those not willing to discontinue grapefruit whole or juice consumption during the study. • Female patients of childbearing potential (defined as premenopausal or with menstruation in the last 12 months in the absence of either hysterectomy or surgical sterilisation) without acceptable contraceptive measures (i.e. barrier methods of contraception with or without oral contraceptives, implanted contraceptive device), or male patients who have not agreed to use barrier contraceptives (condoms) to prevent pregnancy from first dose until 12 weeks after last dose. • Those with a documented evidence of perennial allergic rhinitis at screening. • Those with active allergic rhinitis within 3 weeks prior to randomization. • Those receiving medications for allergic rhinitis and/or asthma prior to the screening within 3 weeks prior to randomization. • Those with a history of exclusively seasonal allergic asthma. • Those with a positive skin prick test for at least one of the tree pollens Alder, Hazel tree and Cypressus ashei. • Those with an upper respiratory tract infection (URI), sinusitis, infectious rhinitis, ocular infection, or history of any of these within 3 weeks prior to randomization. • Those unable to perform the active anterior rhinomanometry procedure. • Those with a baseline total NAR > 0.4 Pa/cm3/s. • Those who respond to an intranasal control solution provocation with a > 30% increase in total NAR. • Those who do not show NAR increases from baseline by 100% (PD100) at a 100 IR (or maximum) allergen dose at screening test. • Those who have undergone major surgical (requiring general anesthetic) procedures or procedures to the nasopharynx within 4 weeks of screening. • Those with a history of an anaphylactic allergic reaction related to food or administration of either a marketed or investigational drug. • Those currently using any prescription or non-prescription drugs (except for hormonal contraceptive drugs) on a regular basis or within 2 weeks prior to screening. • Those who have a positive reaction to any of the following tests: HBs antigen, anti- HCV antibodies, anti-HIV1 antibodies, anti-HIV2 antibodies. • Those who had used any of the following drugs within the specified period of time: parenteral corticosteroids within 90 days; oral corticosteroids within 30 days prior to randomization. • Those who have donated 400 ml of blood within 12 weeks before randomization or 200 ml or more within 4 weeks before randomization or of any amount from screening to first visit. • Those who have received immunotherapy within 6 months of screening. • Subject being the investigator or any sub-investigator, research assistant, pharmacist, study coordinator, or other staff directly involved in the conduct of the protocol. • Female who are pregnant, lactating or planning to become pregnant during the study. [0402] Methodology: [0403] Subjects were randomized into 2 groups. The first group of subjects took BGE-175 (S-555739) in period 1 and placebo in period 2, once daily for 6 days. The second group of subjects took placebo in period 1 and BGE-175 (S-555739) in period 2 once daily for 6 days. [0404] Each subject underwent the following: [0405] Screening: Within 2 weeks prior to treatment, eligible patients provided informed consent, demographic data, medical history, and underwent the following assessments: ECG, serology, serum pregnancy test (for women of child bearing potential), urine drug screen/alcohol breath test, laboratory tests (hematology, biochemistry, urinalysis), nasal airway challenge (NAC) test to identify optimal allergen dose, skin prick allergen test, nasal medical examination, height and weight, anterior rhinomanometry, physical examination, vital signs, nasal and ocular allergic rhinitis scores, AEs and concomitant medications. [0406] During treatment: During period 1 the subjects visited the study site at Day 1 for baseline assessments and then on Day 7 and Day 9 (after an overnight stay) to have an allergen challenge test. A ≥ 14-day washout period occurred from the last dosing in period 1, after which the same procedures as period 1 were implemented in period 2. A follow-up assessment was conducted 14 days (±2) after the last dosing of period 2. [0407] Day 1 to 6: Both BGE-175 (S-555739) and the matching placebo were administered orally within 30 minutes after taking breakfast from Day 1 to Day 6 in each treatment period. [0408] Day 7 procedure details: [0409] Prior to the allergen challenge: • Vital signs, physical examination, concomitant medications, ECG, nasal medical examination and laboratory tests including urinalysis were performed. • Nasal and ocular allergic rhinitis symptom scores were assessed 60 min before each allergen challenge. • Prior to initiation of administration of the challenge test, a plasma sample was collected to measure BGE-175 (S-555739) concentration. • Each subject sat quietly for 30 min in a room where the challenge took place. • Anterior rhinomanometry and acoustic rhinometry were performed prior to challenge with the first dose (baseline). [0410] Nasal allergen challenge: • Escalation of allergen doses up to the dose which achieved PD100 during the screening test was performed. • Anterior rhinomanometry was performed at 4, 8, and 12 minutes after each dose of allergen. After the dose which achieved PD100 during the screening test, anterior rhinomanometry was performed at 4 min, 8 min, 12 min, 20 min, 30 min, 60 min, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr and 8 hr. • Acoustic rhinometry was performed after the dose which achieved PD100 during the screening test, acoustic rhinometry was performed at 20 min, 30 min, 60 min, 2 hr, 4hr, 6 hr, 8 hr. • Nasal allergic rhinitis symptoms were noted 12 min, 20 min, 30 min, 60 min, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr and 8 hr after the PD100 allergen challenge dose. • Nasal lavage samples were collected 8 hours after the PD100 dose and after the other evaluations for collection of inflammatory cells. • Nasal Peak Inspiratory Flow was measured using a nasal peak flow meter at 20 min, 30 min, 60 min, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr and 8 hr post challenge. [0411] The procedures undertaken at Day 7 were repeated on Day 9. [0412] Performing of the Nasal allergen challenge and sampling of lavage from the subjects. • Nasal lavage was performed with saline using a 10 ml syringe attached to an olive, sensing with 3ml of saline at 37°C. Subjects were seated in a forward flexed neck position (60°C from the upright position) to prevent fluid from reaching the nasopharynx. To ensure adequate washing the lavage fluid (6ml – 2 x 3ml) was passed slowly into each nostril and then left to dwell for 30 seconds. The fluid was then flushed and withdrawn back into the syringe 5-10 times. [0413] Preparation of the samples. [0414] Processing of Nasal Lavage Samples • The lavage was passed through a 100 µm nylon mesh filter (BD Bioscience Cat No. 352360) into a pre-cooled 50 ml conical tube (Greiner Cat No.210261) on ice and then transferred into a (10 to 15ml polypropylene) (Greiner Cat No.188261) graduated tube (passing the lavage through filter is to remove debris and mucus). • The volume of lavage effluent was recorded and samples were kept on ice until centrifugation (ideally immediately). • Samples were centrifuged at 2000 rpm (400 x g) at 4° C for 10 minutes. • Aliquot 0.5-1 mL of supernatant was placed into pre-labelled and cooled eppendorf tubes (2ml tube) and stored at -70°C in sample bag or box for future assay. [0415] Cytospin preparation: • The cell pellet was re-suspended in 2 ml of 0.01% dithiothreitol in 1x PBS (ref SIGMA n° D8537). Samples were gently agitated on a rolling mixer for 10 minutes and then centrifuged. The supernatant was discarded. • The cells were re-suspend in 200 µl PBS to estimate cells number and adjusted to 400 µl PBS if necessary (depending on cell number). • 2 to 4 cytospin slides were prepared(depending on cell number: 400 µl if higher than 10.104 cells/ml) (Poly-L-lysine slide) from each sample using an equal amount of cell suspension into the assembled cytocentrifuge funnel unit and centrifuging at 500 rpm for 6 minutes in a Shandon II cytocentrifuge. • The cytospins were air dried over night at room temperature and store in aluminium foil at -20°C until required for future processing. [0416] Two initial cytospin slides were prepared and checked to ensure the correct cell density had been achieved for a particular patient. This was evaluated by gross visual examination. Ideally there was an excess of 400 cells per slide but not overlapping so they were easily distinguished from one another. Alternatively, the total cell count was estimated using an improved Neubauer haemocytometer (Glaswarenfabrik, Sondheim, Germany). The volume of cell suspension (50- 75 µl of less than half million cells per ml) was altered and more cytospins created until acceptable. Cells were stained with Diff quick stain and differential cell counts determined by assessment of 400 leucocytes on the cytospin. If 10-20 cells are noted in the grid then 4 cytospins were created, but if less than 10 is noted in the grid then 2 cytospins were created. [0417] Analysis of samples for WBC, neutrophils, macrophages, mast cells, oesinophils and ECP • One cytospin from each lavage was stained with a diff quick and undertake a differential cell count. The second cytospin from each lavage was stained by the Kimura method (Kimura IY et al. Clin Exp Allergy 1973; 3:195) and the number of mast cells counted. [0418] Cytospin analysis using a rapid Romanowsky stain [0419] Rapid Romanowsky stain pack RA Lamb – HS705 A. Fixative solution B. Solution B contains Eosin Y in phosphate buffer C. Solution C contains Methylene Blue (polychrome) in phosphate buffer [0420] Methodology 1. Nasal lavage cytospin slides were air dried overnight 2. Immersed in fixative for 30 seconds 3. Without rinsing or drying, transferred slides to solution B and stain for 30 seconds by immersing and withdrawing the slide several times 4. Tapped off excess solution B, transfer the slide to solution C and stain for 1 minute by immersing and withdrawing the slide several times 5. Rinsed in running tap water and allow to air dry 6. Staining was examined under the microscope to check the quality. If more intense staining was required, returned to solution C for an appropriate period of time 7. Once dry, mounted with Pertex and coverslip 8. Performed a differential cell count on a maximum of 400 cells. Recorded numbers of eosinophils, neutrophils, macrophages/monocytes, lymphocytes, and columnar epithelial cells. Eosinophils – bi-lobed nuclei, brick red granular cytoplasm Neutrophils – multi-lobed nuclei Macrophages – large cells with vacuolated cytoplasm and possible pseudopods Monocytes – large, bilobate nuclei Lymphocyte - large, dark-staining nucleus with little cytoplasm Epithelial cells – taller than they are wide, may still have cilia attached [0421] Cytopsin analysis for mast cells [0422] Kimura stain for mast cells [0423] Stock solutions: Solution A: 0.05% Toluidine Blue Solution was made by mixing together (i) 1.8% NaCl - 50ml (ii) 96% ethanol - 22ml and (iii) 0.05g Toluidine blue (CI52040) and brought up to 100mls with distilled water. Solution B: 0.03g light green (CI42095) in distilled water Solution C: saturated solution of saponin in 50% ethanol Solution D: 0.07M sodium phosphate buffer pH 6.4 To use: Vortexed mix the following proportions of the above stock solutions. Solution A: 11mls Solution B: 0.8mls Solution C: 0.5mls Solution D: 5mls [0424] Method: 1. removed cytospin from freezer and allow to reach room temperature 2. placed cytospin in staining solution at room temperature for 2 hours 3. washed in running tap water for 5 minutes 4. blotted dry 5. Once dry, mounted with Pertex and coverslip 6. counted 400 cells and recorded the number of mast cells and total cells [0425] Results: Mast cells – purple Other cells – pale blue [0426] ECP measurement [0427] ECP levels were determined using a commercial assay kit 7618E from MBL (Nagoya, Japan). The lavage supernatant was diluted 1:1 with the assay buffer prior to analysis (as suggested on page 4 in assay instructions). Any samples that yielded a value exceeding the upper limit of the standard curve were further diluted to bring them within the limits of the standard curve. [0428] Criteria for Evaluation: [0429] Efficacy endpoints [0430] Primary Endpoint: Change in total NAR after PD100 challenge at Day 7 on active and placebo treatments. [0431] Secondary Endpoints: Change in total NAR after PD100 challenge at Day 9 on active and placebo treatments. Change in total nasal allergic rhinitis symptom scores (total symptom score) after PD100 challenge at Days 7 and 9 on active and placebo treatments. Changes in nasal cross-sectional area, nasal volume and nasal inspiratory flow after PD100 challenge at Days 7 and 9 on active and placebo treatments. [0432] Exploratory Endpoints: Change in inflammatory cell counts in nasal lavage after PD100 challenge at Days 7 and 9 on active and placebo treatments. [0433] PK Endpoints: Plasma levels of BGE-175 (S-555739) at Day 7: 24 hr and Day 9: 72 hr post dose. [0434] Efficacy Results: [0435] The primary efficacy analysis demonstrated a higher maximum mean change from pre-challenge in total nasal airway resistance (NAR) at Day 7 after treatment with BGE-175 (S-555739) compared with placebo. However, the mean difference between treatments was not significantly different. At Day 9, the maximum mean change in total NAR between treatments was not significantly different, either. [0436] Within 120 min following allergen, a trend for lower NAR following BGE-175 (S-555739) than placebo was clear at Day 9. At Day 9, at 20 min following allergen challenge, the difference in NAR was statistically significant in favor of BGE-175 (S- 555739). [0437] Following BGE-175 (S-555739), nasal allergic rhinitis symptoms at both Day 7 and Day 9 displayed a generally consistent pattern of reduced symptom scores in the first 120 minutes following allergen challenge. The trend of difference was noted in total score, obstruction and rhinorrhea. At Day 7, at 60 min following allergen challenge, the difference in obstruction was statistically significant in favor of BGE-175 (S-555739). [0438] Nasal pruritis, nasal cross-sectional area and volume, nasal inspiratory flow, inflammatory cells from nasal lavage were also assessed in the study. At Day 7, the difference in nasal volume at 20 min and that in nasal inspiratory flow at 480 min were statistically significant. At Day 9, the difference in nasal inspiratory flow at 360 min was statistically significant. [0439] Although significant treatment effect was demonstrated only at some time points, the trend of a reduction in nasal airway resistance and allergic rhinitis symptom scores was noted receiving BGE-175 (S-555739) in this study. [0440] Safety and Tolerability Results: [0441] Multiple oral doses of BGE-175 (S-555739) 100 mg once daily were well tolerated and no specific safety concerns were raised. Almost all AEs were mild and no severe AEs or SAEs were observed in any group. [0442] PK profile: [0443] The PK levels observed at C24 and C72 time points were consistent with the levels achieved in the prior multiple dose pharmacokinetic study. [0444] Results of nasal lavage: [0445] FIG.3 shows graphs of a first analysis of the results from the Phase 2 nasal allergen challenge study for placebo versus BGE-175 (S-555739) treated groups (unpaired values and blood contaminated samples (n=1) excluded). All treated individuals were included in this analysis, irrespective of whether or not the individual responded to the allergen challenge. [0446] FIG.4 shows graphs of a second analysis of the results from the Phase 2 nasal allergen challenge study for placebo versus BGE-175 (S-555739) treated groups (unpaired values, blood contaminated samples (n=1), and <10% neutrophils at baseline (n=2) excluded). Two individuals in the treated group had no reaction to the allergen. Removal of these two individuals who experienced no inflammatory reaction to the allergen challenge (and thus had no possibility of showing an effect from BGE-175 versus placebo) from the data set improves the accuracy of the comparison and analysis. [0447] FIG.5 shows the results from the Phase 2 nasal allergen challenge study for placebo versus BGE-175 (S-555739) treated groups. Individual data shown identifying samples with blood contamination and neutrophil <10% that were excluded from the analysis. See example 2 of the experimental section. [0448] Changes in inflammatory cell counts in nasal lavage after allergen challenge demonstrate that administration of BGE-175 reduced neutrophil levels in human subjects under an immune challenge. [0449] These human clinical study results indicate that BGE-175, a DP1 receptor inhibitor, reduces neutrophil trafficking to sites of allergic inflammation in human subjects. In combination with the data from our bioinformatic analyses in Example 1, these data predict that BGE-175 and other DP1 receptor antagonists will attenuate aging-related dysfunction in circulating neutrophil levels, activation, and trafficking, and will be useful in treating respiratory tract infection in aged individuals. The data also predict that BGE-175 and other DP1 receptor antagonists will be useful in treating other diseases and conditions in which aging-related immune dysfunction contributes to morbidity and mortality. Example 3: Bioinformatic analyses further support DP1 inhibition in treating aging-related immune dysfunction [0450] Serum and/or plasma samples from people of different ages, and at follow-up intervals of around 20 years, were interrogated using untargeted proteomics and transcriptomics. Multivariable linear regression models were fit to model the associations of transcript levels and protein levels with age. Multivariable cox proportional hazards models were fit to model the associations of transcript levels and protein levels with longevity. The relationships to age and longevity of specific genes and proteins whose levels are indicative of the number and functional status of different immune cell types were examined. [0451] Our analysis of the BIOAGE human healthy aging cohort data further indicates that CCR7 expression significantly decreases with age and decreased RNA expression levels of CCR7 in whole blood was associated with significantly increased all-cause mortality in elderly people. CCR7 is important for dendritic cell maturation and homing to lymph nodes. Decrease in CCR7 can lead to a decrease in the dendritic cell function at the site of infection. [0452] Our analysis of the BIOAGE human healthy aging cohort data further indicates that circulating IFN-γ levels decrease with age. In elderly people, lower circulating levels of IFN- γ are associated with increased all-cause mortality. Adequate levels of IFN-γ are required for the accumulation and activation of infection fighting NK cells in the lung. [0453] To assess the role of PLA2G2D expression and PGD2/PTGDR signaling in the clinical setting, we analyzed the literature for studies of age-dependent changes in lung levels of prostaglandin D2 synthases (PTGDS and HPGDS), the enzymes required for conversion of PGH2 to PGD2, PTGDR and PLA2G2D mRNA. Using RNA-seq data from 103 healthy lungs in a study of fibrosis (GEO accession GSE150910) (Furusawa, H. et al. Chronic Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis, an Interstitial Lung Disease with Distinct Molecular Signatures. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 202, 1430-1444, (2020)) and 578 lungs from the Genotype-Tissue Expression (GTEx) Portal (Carithers, L. J. & Moore, H. M. The Genotype- Tissue Expression (GTEx) Project. Biopreserv Biobank 13, 307-308, (2015)), we found that levels of PTGDS and PTGDR increased with aging (FIG.18A-B). [0454] We obtained peripheral blood mononuclear cells from young and aged human subjects and cultured them to obtain DCs. After 14 days, we infected these cells with SARS- CoV-2. SARS-CoV-2 causes an abortive infection of human DCs (Zheng, J. et al. Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus 2-Induced Immune Activation and Death of Monocyte-Derived Human Macrophages and Dendritic Cells. J Infect Dis 223, 785-795). We then measured mRNA expression levels of PLA2G2D, PTGDR and PTGDS and cell supernatant levels of PGD2-MOX, a stabilized version of PGD2, and 11β-PGF2a, a PGD2 enzymatic product. [0455] Expression of PLA2G2D and PTGDR increased with aging and PLA2G2D further increased after SARS-CoV-2 infection (FIG.18C). PGD2 increased with aging and SARS- CoV-2 infection further enhanced expression by DCs from aged individuals (FIG.18D). 11β-PGF2a increased in DCs from aged people in response to infection (FIG.18D). [0456] FIGs.18A-D illustrate that expression of prostaglandin D2 synthase (PTGDS), and prostaglandin D2 receptor 1 (PTGDR), PLA2G2D, PGD2, 11β-PGF2a increases in human samples with age. Expression of prostaglandin D2 genes (PTGDS, PTGDR) versus age in 103 healthy human lungs from GEO series GSE150910 (FIG.18A) and 578 lungs from the Genotype-Tissue Expression (GTEx) project (FIG.18B). Dark squares in FIG.18B indicate median expression for each age group. Expression levels of PTGDS and PTGDR were significantly associated with age in both studies (t-test p-values p = 0.0108 and 0.0305, respectively, in FIG.18A; ANOVA F-test p-values p < 0.0001 and 0.0028, respectively, in FIG.18B). TPM = transcripts per million. c, Dendritic cells derived from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) from 6 young (24-39 years, mean 29 years) and 5 aged (56-73 years, mean 62 years) donors were mock infected or infected with SARS-CoV-2. Cells and supernatants were harvested at 5 dpi. RNA isolated from cells was assessed for transcript levels of the indicated genes in (FIG.18C). Levels of indicated prostaglandins in cell supernatants were measured by ELISA in (FIG.18D). Data in FIGs.18C-D are mean ± s.e.m. P values determined by two-tailed Student’s t test (FIGs.18C-D). Example 4: BGE-175 reduces mortality in SARS-CoV infected mice 4.1 Efficacy of BGE-175 in Mouse SARS-CoV-1 Infection Model [0457] The efficacy of BGE-175 was tested in a murine SARS infection model. [0458] The methods and murine models described by Roberts et al. (“A Mouse-Adapted SARS-Coronavirus Causes Disease and Mortality in BALB/c Mice”, PLoS Pathogens, 3(1):023-037, January 2007) were adapted to evaluate BGE-175. [0459] Parameters assessed: • PO dosing of BGE-175 concomitantly with virus infection at lethal dose. • PO dosing of BGE-17548 hours after virus infection at lethal dose. [0460] Methods: • Mice were infected intranasally with 2×105 SARS-CoV-1 (MA15) • BGE-175 was administered QD, PO at 30mpk/dose (n=7/group) • PK data was collected: BGE-175 plasma levels (uM) are observed over 24 hours at 60, 30 and 10 mg/kg doses. • Weight changes in the mice (% of original) were observed for up to 14 days post infection. • Lung viral titers were measured. [0461] Readouts: • Mortality / survival at regular intervals. • Weight loss at regular intervals • Lung viral titers • Leukocyte % in BAL at regular intervals, including: o Total leukocytes o Neutrophils o Eosinophils o Macrophages o Dendritic cells o T cells o NK cells [0462] Results: [0463] FIG.6 shows that BGE-175 administration reduces viral titer by about tenfold in the treated group compared to placebo group on day 5 after intranasal exposure to virus, [0464] FIG.7 shows that administration of BGE-175 resulted in 100% survival in the treated group, whereas only 14% of the placebo group survived 15 days after exposure to virus. [0465] FIG.8 shows that the group treated with BGE-175 on days 2, 3, 4 and 5 post- exposure to virus, had significant improvement in maintaining original weight compared to the group that received placebo. [0466] DP1 receptor antagonism by administration of BGE-175 elicits a potent protective response in a mouse model of SARS-CoV-1 challenge. In addition to fully protecting infected mice from death, treated mice show a significant decrease in morbidity as well as a significant reduction (about 10-fold) in viral titers. 4.2 Efficacy of BGE-175 in Mouse SARS-CoV-2 Infection Model [0467] Inhibition of the prostaglandin D2 (PGD2) DP1 pathway with BGE-175 confers nearly complete protection of K18-hACE2 transgenic mice in the lethal model of SARS- CoV-2 infection. [0468] The efficacy of BGE-175 was tested in a murine SARS-coV-2 infection K18-hACE2 transgenic model. [0469] Parameters assessed: • Weight change in mice (% of original) after administration with BGE-175 concomitantly with virus infection at lethal dose. • Mortality (percent survival) in mice after administration of BGE-17548 hours after virus infection at lethal dose. • Lung viral titers [0470] Methods: [0471] Study 1: [0472] Male eight-month-old K18-hACE2 mice were infected intranasally with 2x103 SARS- CoV-2 plaque forming units. Mice were monitored daily for mortality and weight loss for up to 14 days after infection. [0473] BGE-175 (30 mg/kg; n=5) or placebo (vehicle, 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose; n=5) was administered once daily, PO, on days two through eight post-infection (five mice per group). Log-rank (Mantel-Cox) test; vehicle vs. BGE-175 treatment; *, p < 0.05. [0474] Result: [0475] All 100% of mice survived with once daily oral treatment with 30 mg/kg BGE-175 starting on day two and ending on day 8, and survived 14 days after exposure to the virus (n=5). The untreated (n=5) and the vehicle-treated (n=5) control groups showed 60% mortality (FIG.9). All mice in the untreated control groups (n=5) that succumb to SARS- CoV-2 disease were found dead. Log-rank (mantel-cox) test; vehicle vs BGE-175 treatment; *, p <0.05. [0476] The group treated with BGE-175 in Study 1 on days 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 post- exposure to virus, had improvement in maintaining original weight compared to the group that received placebo or was untreated (FIG.10). [0477] Study 2: [0478] Male eight-month-old K18-hACE2 mice were infected intranasally with 2x103 SARS- CoV-2 plaque forming units. Mice were monitored daily for mortality and weight loss for up to 13 days after infection. [0479] BGE-175 (30 mg/kg; n=13) or placebo (vehicle; 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose; n=12) was administered once daily, PO, on days two through eight post-infection. [0480] Result: [0481] BGE-175 administration in resulted in 85% survival in the treated group, whereas none of the mice in the placebo group survived 13 days after exposure to virus (FIG.11). Log-rank (mantel-cox) test; vehicle vs BGE-175 treatment; ***, p < 0.0001. [0482] The placebo group and the group treated with BGE-175 on days 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 post-exposure to virus both had reduced original weight on days 2-9 after exposure to the virus, but the animals treated with BGE-175 had improvement in % original weight on days 10-12 (FIG.12). [0483] Study 3: [0484] Male eight-month-old K18-hACE2 mice were infected intranasally with 2x103 SARS- CoV-2 plaque forming units. Mice were euthanized 5 days after infection and pulmonary viral titers measured by plaque assay. [0485] BGE-175 (30 mg/kg; n=5) or placebo (vehicle; 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose, n=5) was administered once daily, PO, on days two through five post-infection. Lung viral titers were measured on day 5. [0486] Result: [0487] The mean lung virus titer in the BGE-175-treated mice was 2,733,333 PFU/lung, as compared to 13,500,000 PFU/lung in the vehicle group, 5 days after intranasal exposure to virus, a 79.8% reduction (FIG.13). Mann-Whitney test; vehicle vs. BGE-175 treatment; **, p < 0.01. [0488] DP1 receptor antagonism by administration of BGE-175 elicits a potent protective response in a K18-hACE2 transgenic mouse model of SARS-CoV-2 viral challenge. In addition to near full protection of infected mice from death, treated mice show a significant reduction (about 79.8%) in viral titers. 4.3 Efficacy of BGE-175 in mouse-adapted SARS-CoV-2 infected aged mice [0489] The efficacy of BGE-175 was assessed in a virulent mouse adapted SAR-CoV-2 strain model. BGE-175 was administered to mice by oral gavage (PO: 30 mg/kg), starting two days after infection with 5000 PFU of SARS2-N501YMA30 and for 6 days thereafter (FIG.14A). For these experiments, middle-aged B6 mice were used, as well as 8-10 week old mice as controls. BGE-175 was administered at two days p.i. (post infection) because that is the time of peak virus replication, and is more relevant for using the drug clinically. In middle-aged mice infected with a lethal dose of rSARS2-N501YMA30, BGE-175 reduced mortality from 100% to <10%, with concomitant effects on weight loss (FIG.14B). BGE- 175 treatment resulted in more rapid virus clearance (FIG.14C) and diminished pathological changes in the lungs (FIG.15A-B). Treatment with BGE-175 did not reduce the weight loss observed in young rSARS2-N501YMA30-infected B6 mice (FIG.16). [0490] FIG.14A, Schematic showing time administration of BGE-175. Vehicle or BGE-175 was administered to infected mice orally from 2-8 days post infection (dpi). FIG.14B, Percentage of initial weight and survival of vehicle-treated (n=10) or BGE-175-treated (n=12) middle-aged C57BL/6 mice infected with 5000 PFU of SARS-CoV-2-N501YMA30 per mouse. FIG.14C, Infectious viral titers detected by plaque assay in the lungs of vehicle- treated (n=8) or BGE-175-treated (n=8) middle-aged C57BL/6 mice at 5 dpi infected with 5000 PFU of SARS-CoV-2-N501YMA30 per mouse. FIG.15A, Vehicle-treated group exhibited widespread oedema (*) with occasional hyaline membranes (arrows) whereas these features were uncommon in BGE-175-treated mice, H&E stain. Scale bar 20 μm. FIG.15B, Summary scores of lung lesion (n=8 for vehicle; n=9 for BGE-175). FIG.16, Percentage of initial weight and survival of vehicle-treated (n=4) or BGE-175-treated (n=4) young C57BL/6 mice infected with 5000 PFU of SARS-CoV-2-N501YMA30 per mouse. [0491] Administration of BGE-175 converted a lethal infection to a sublethal infection in middle-aged mice infected with a lethal dose of rSARS2-N501YMA30 in the mouse adapted SAR-CoV-2 strain model. Example 5: DP1 Receptor antagonists Laropiprant and Vidupiprant reduce mortality in mouse-adapted SARS-CoV-2 infected mice versus DP2 Receptor Antagonist Fevipiprant [0492] In order to confirm the effect of BGE-175 with other DP1 receptor antagonists, the efficacies of laropiprant and vidupiprant were assessed in a virulent mouse adapted SAR- CoV-2 strain model as described above. The activity of these DP1 antagonists was compared to that of the DP2 receptor antagonist fevipiprant in the mouse model. [0493] Study: 7-8 month old male C57BL/6 mice were infected intranasally with 5x103 PFU of mouse-adapted SARS-CoV-2. Vidupiprant BID, PO at 10 mpk/dose (n=5); laropiprant QD, PO at 5 mpk/dose (n=5); and fevipiprant BID, PO at 5 mpk/dose (n=5) were administered on days 2-8. Vehicle (0.5% CMC) QD or BID, PO (n=6) was administered on days 2-8. [0494] FIGs.17 A-F show the results of administration of laropiprant (FIGs.17A-B), vidupiprant (FIGs.17C-D) or fevipiprant (FIGs.17E-F) in a mouse SARS-CoV-2 infection model. FIGs.17A, 17C, and 17E show graphs of mortality and % survival in the treated group versus vehicle group. FIGs.17B, 17D, and 17F show graphs comparing % weight loss over time of the study for treated group versus vehicle group. [0495] The results shown in FIGs.17A-F and in Example 4 above indicate that DP1 receptor antagonists reduce mortality in mouse-adapted SARS-CoV-2 infected mice in comparison to DP2 receptor antagonists. Example 6: BGE-175 treatment enhances respiratory dendritic cell migration to draining lymph node in mouse-adapted SARS-CoV-2 infected mice [0496] FIG.19 shows BGE-175 treatment enhanced rDC migration to draining lymph node. Middle-aged C57BL/6 mice were instilled with CFSE intranasally 6 hours before infection with 5000 PFU of SARS2-N501YMA30. One group of mice received vehicle or BGE-175 at 1 and 2 dpi (1+2) while another group of mice received drug treatment only at 2 dpi (2). Mice were euthanized at 3 dpi and lung draining lymph node (DLN; mediastinal) were harvested and analyzed with flow cytometry. Respiratory dendritic cell (rDC) migration from the lung to DLN was measured as the frequency of CFSE+CD11c+ cells in the DLN (n=4). [0497] FIGs.20A-B. Numbers of immune cells in the blood (FIG.20A) and lung (FIG. 20B) of middle-aged C57BL/6 mice at 6 days after infection with 5000 PFU of SARS2- N501YMA30 with vehicle or BGE-175 treatment starting at 2 dpi (n=5 for uninfected controls; n=10 vehicle- and BGE-175-treated mice). PMN: Polymorphonuclear cells. P values determined by two-tailed Student’s t test. Data are mean ± s.e.m. Data are pooled from two independent experiments. [0498] These results show that BGE-175 treatment enhances rDC migration to draining lymph node and reduces the number of PMN in circulation and in the lung after infection with mouse-adapted SARS-CoV-2. Example 7: BGE-175 reduces inflammation-induced diarrhea in guinea pig model [0499] Respiratory virus infections can induce not only mild to severe respiratory diseases, but also systemic inflammation including intestinal mucosa that can lead to diarrhea. Diarrhea is a common symptom in respiratory virus infections such as influenza A, MERS- CoV and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19). The effects of BGE-175 on inflammation-induce diarrhea was evaluated in a guinea pig model. [0500] Protocol [0501] 0.08% PGD2 was administered intraperitoneally to 6 week old guinea pigs. Diarrhea was observed 2 hours after administration of the PGD2 and a diarrhea score was calculated. In one group of animals (N=8), BGE-175 was administered orally at 30 mg/kg 1 hour before administration of the PGD2. A second control group of animals (N=8) that did not receive BGE-175 was also observed. [0502] Results: Table 1: results of diarrhea score indicating BGE-175 pretreatment inhibited diarrhea
Figure imgf000103_0001
[0503] The data summarized in table 1 demonstrates that BGE-175 inhibits inflammation- induced diarrhea in this guinea pig model, predicting that BGE-175 is effective in treating diarrhea in COVID-19. Example 8: Efficacy and Immune-Profiling of BGE-175 in Mouse Influenza Infection Models and Aged Mouse Vaccine Model 8.1 Efficacy and Immune-Profiling of BGE-175 (S-555739) in Aged Mouse Influenza Infection Model [0504] Rationale: ● Example 4 demonstrates the BGE-175, a DP1 inhibitor, decreases mortality and morbidity, and reduces viral titers in SARS-CoV-1 infected mice. ● Example 7 demonstrates that BGE-175 reduces PGD2-induced diarrhea in guinea pigs. ● Examples 1 and 3, using BIOAGE human cohort data, demonstrates that the DP1/PGD2 axis plays a role in aging-related immune dysfunction, and predicts that inhibition of DP1 will be effective in ameliorating adverse consequences of immune dysfunction associated with aging. [0505] Goal: Confirm efficacy of BGE-175 (S-555739) in aged mouse influenza model in a preventative and therapeutic setting. [0506] Study Design: [0507] Study 1A: Morbidity and mortality in influenza infection aged mouse model pre- treated with BGE-175 (S-555739). [0508] Aged C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are infected with Influenza A/California/2009, or other strains. Up to 12 mice are used per group, with a target mortality of 40 – 80% (20 – 60% survival) in the vehicle-treated group. BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) immediately prior to (preventative treatment) intranasal infection with influenza virus and the mice are observed for 14 – 21 days for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score) and mortality. Equivalent groups of vehicle-treated mice serve as controls. After the initial dose, BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO administered on sequential days until first signs of severe morbidity are observed. Clinical scores are based on weight loss, appearance of ruffled fur, mobility, breathing rate, and hunched/huddled behaviors. [0509] Study 1B: Morbidity and mortality in influenza infection aged mouse model post- treated with BGE-175 (S-555739). [0510] Aged C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are infected with Influenza A/California/2009, or other strain. Up to 12 mice are used per group, with a target mortality of 40 – 80% (20 – 60% survival) in the vehicle treated group. BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) approximately two days post (therapeutic treatment) intranasal infection with influenza virus and the mice observed for 14 – 21 days for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score) and mortality. Equivalent groups of vehicle treated mice serve as controls. After the initial dose, BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO administered on sequential days until first signs of severe morbidity are observed. Clinical scores are based on weight loss, appearance of ruffled fur, mobility, breathing rate, and hunched/huddled behaviors. [0511] Study 2: Immune-profiling in influenza infection aged mouse model. [0512] The immune-profile in total lung tissue of mice treated with BGE-175 (S-555739) is assessed. Aged female C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are infected with Influenza A/California/2009 or other strain. Mice are treated with BGE-175 (S-555739) according to the dosing schedule presented in Study 1A or Study 1B, and up to 7 days post infection. Mice are sacrificed and total lung tissue is collected and assessed by flow cytometry and/or Luminex/ELISA for the profiling of leukocyte populations and chemokines/cytokines, respectively. Leukocyte populations that are assessed in the lungs include neutrophils, macrophages, DCs, and lymphocytes. [0513] Results: [0514] BGE-175 was assessed in an aged mouse influenza infection model using methods similar to those described above. FIG.21 shows the survival of 18-month old mice treated with BGE-175 (30mpk, PO, QD) versus vehicle in an aged mouse influenza infection model according to the regimen shown (administration on days 6 to 14).4 of 10 mice survived 14 days post infection (dpi) versus in the treated group, whereas 1 out of 10 of the mice in the placebo group survived 13 days. Log-rank (mantel-cox) test; vehicle vs BGE-175 treatment; ***, p = 0.0158. [0515] Study 1A and/or Study 1B, BGE-175 (S-555739) demonstrate significant reduction in morbidity and mortality. BGE-175 (S-555739) reduces levels of various leukocyte populations, including neutrophils, in infected lung tissue. 8.2 Efficacy of BGE-175 (S-555739) in Young Mouse Influenza Infection Model [0516] Using methods similar to those described in Example 4.1 above, BGE-175 was assessed in a young mouse influenza infection model. C57BL/6 mice (7 weeks) were infected with Influenza A strain (A/PR/8/34), 5.0×102 TCID50/mouse (intra-nasally). BGE-175 was administered (30 mg/kg, PO, BID) on days 2-6 post infection. [0517] The lung weight was assessed on days 4, 6 and 7 post infection, by excising the lung tissue into a pre-weighed container. FIGs.22A-B show graphs comparing lung weight (mg) or lung weight /bodyweight (mg/g) between BGE-175 treated mice versus vehicle. The BGE-175 treated mice exhibited a reduction in lung weight as compared to vehicle at day 6 post infection that continued to day 7, indicating treatment with BGE-175 ameliorates inflammatory states (i.e., infiltration of inflammatory cells, edema) in infected lung. [0518] A second experiment was performed to assess BGE-175 in the young mouse influenza infection model. C57BL/6 mice (6 weeks) were infected with Influenza A strain (A/PR/8/34), 1.0×103 TCID50/mouse (intra-nasally). BGE-175 was administered (30 mg/kg, PO, BID) on days 2-6 post infection. The lung weight was assessed on day 7 post infection, by excising the lung tissue into a pre-weighed container. FIG.22C show a graph comparing lung weight (mg) between BGE-175 treated mice versus vehicle versus non-infected mice. The graph confirms that BGE-175 inhibited the increase of lung weight observed in the young mouse influenza infection model at 7 days post infection, indicating treatment with BGE-175 ameliorates inflammatory states (i.e., infiltration of inflammatory cells, edema) in infected lung. 8.3 Immune Augmentation and Immune-Profiling of BGE-175 (S-555739) in Aged Mouse Vaccine Models [0519] The efficacy of BGE-175 (S-555739) to augment the humoral response in aged mouse vaccine model is confirmed. [0520] Study Design: [0521] Study 1A: Humoral response in KLH vaccine aged mouse model pre-treated with BGE-175 (S-555739). [0522] Aged C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are intravascularly injected with KLH (0.04 mg/g). Up to 12 mice is used per group. BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) prior to KLH injection, and the mice treated with BGE-175 (S- 555739) daily for up to the duration of the study (~17 days). Mice are monitored daily for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score). Equivalent groups of KLH-injected, vehicle- treated animals serve as controls. At 17 days post vaccination, the humoral immune response is quantified by measuring the total vaccine-specific IgG antibody titers in the blood by ELISA. [0523] Study 1B: Humoral response in KLH vaccine aged mouse model post-treated with BGE-175 (S-555739). [0524] Aged C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are intravascularly injected with KLH (0.04 mg/g). Up to 12 mice are used per group. BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) 2 days after KLH injection, and the mice treated with BGE- 175 (S-555739) daily for up to the duration of the study (~15 days). Mice are monitored daily for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score). Equivalent groups of KLH-injected, vehicle-treated animals serve as controls. At 17 days post vaccination, the humoral immune response is quantified by measuring the total vaccine-specific IgG antibody titers in the blood by ELISA. [0525] Study 2A: Humoral response in influenza TIV 2019/20 vaccine aged mouse model pre-treated with BGE-175 (S-555739). [0526] Aged C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are intramuscularly injected with the TIV 2019/20 influenza vaccine, and similarly boost vaccinated 21 days after initial vaccination. Up to 12 mice are used per group. BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) prior to TIV 2019/20 vaccine injection (~Day -1 – 0), and the mice treated with BGE-175 (S-555739) daily for the duration of the study. Mice are monitored daily for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score). Equivalent groups of TIV 2019/20 vaccine injected, vehicle treated animals serve as controls. The humoral immune response is quantified via hemagglutination inhibition assay (HAI) at three time points: Pre-primary vaccination / BGE-175 (S-555739) administration, Day 20 (day prior to boosting) and Day 42 (21 days post boost vaccination). [0527] Study 2B: Humoral response in influenza TIV 2019/20 vaccine aged mouse model post-treated with BGE-175 (S-555739). Aged C57BL/6 mice (> 12 months) are intramuscularly injected with the TIV 2019/20 influenza vaccine (dose TBD), and similarly boost vaccinated 21 days after initial vaccination. Up to 12 mice are used per group. BGE-175 (S-555739) is PO dosed (low, medium and high dose: based on PK data) 2 days post TIV 2019/20 vaccine injection, and the mice treated with BGE-175 (S-555739) daily for the duration of the study. Mice are monitored daily for changes in morbidity (weight, clinical score). Equivalent groups of TIV 2019/20 vaccine injected, vehicle treated animals serve as controls. The humoral immune response is quantified via hemagglutination inhibition assay (HAI) at three time points: Pre- primary vaccination / BGE-175 (S-555739) administration, Day 20 (day prior to boosting) and Day 42 (21 days post boost vaccination). Example 9: BGE-175 for treatment and prevention of COVID-19 infection in aged hospitalized patients [0528] BGE-175 is evaluated in a Phase 2 clinical trial to confirm that directly targeting immune aging by administration of BGE-175 improves clinical outcomes in older hospitalized COVID-19 patients. Although most patients present with fever or respiratory symptoms, many patients report a gastrointestinal symptom, including lack of appetite, diarrhea, vomiting, and abdominal pain. BGE-175 is also evaluated to confirm that inhibition of the DP1 receptor ameliorates and/or improves one or more such gastrointestinal symptoms associated with infection. Phase 1 studies indicate that a 200mg fed dose of BGE-175 results in higher drug exposure than a 200mg fasted dose (e.g., AUCinf 410 versus 200 μg/hr/mL). [0529] Study Title [0530] A Multicenter, Randomized, Double-blind, Placebo-controlled, Explorative Phase IIa Study to Investigate the Efficacy and Safety of BGE-175 in Hospitalized Patients Over Sixty Years of Age With COVID-19 [0531] Study Design Summary [0532] This is a randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, multicenter, double-blind study of BGE-175 administered PO or NG in patients ≥ 60 years of age hospitalized with documented COVID-19 infection who are not yet in RF. [0533] After signing informed consent, patients are screened upon presentation at the hospital. Screening includes full physical examination, vital signs, safety laboratory evaluation, baseline laboratory evaluation, radiographic imaging of the lung, O2 saturation, blood for PGD2 stimulation, baseline assessment of COVID Ordinal Scale, and Sequential Organ Failure Assessment (SOFA). If confirmed that they qualify for this protocol according to listed inclusion and exclusion criteria, subjects receive their first dose of study medication, PO. They then receive study medication PO or NG (if intubated or unable to swallow medication) once daily, at approximately the same time each day for up to 13 additional days. Study medication is administered in addition to standard of care deemed appropriate by the treating physician(s). Subjects are randomized to receive BGE-175 or placebo. Subjects are monitored daily for all relevant efficacy outcomes, O2 saturation and adverse events. Blood is drawn periodically for safety laboratories, plasma kinetics, viral load, ex vivo stimulation with PGD2, lymphocyte subsets, CRP, and cytokines (see study flow chart). Patients are monitored for 14 days after completion of last dose (Day 28) and followed through Day 57. [0534] Objectives: [0535] Primary • To evaluate the efficacy of BGE-175 given by oral (PO) or nasogastric tube (NG) administration versus placebo on the clinical signs and symptoms of COVID-19 infection in hospitalized patients ≥ 60 years of age. [0536] Secondary • To evaluate the ability of BGE-175 given by PO or NG administration to accelerate the clearance of the COVID-19 virus in patients with symptomatic disease requiring hospitalization • To determine the efficacy of BGE-175 by demonstrating improvement in COVID-19 illness and prevention of progression to respiratory failure (RF) using various endpoints • To evaluate the safety profile of BGE-175 given by PO or NG administration in patients ≥ 60 years of age hospitalized with COVID-19 infection [0537] Other • To investigate the effect of BGE-175 on immune markers of COVID-19 infection including: IL-6, CRP, IL-10, tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α), interferon gamma (IFN-γ) , interferon alpha (IFN-α), IFN-γ-induced protein 10 (IP-10) monocyte chemoattractant protein-1 (MCP-1), CD4+ and CD8+ T cells, and absolute lymphocyte count • Determine peak and trough concentrations of study drug after first dose and at steady state, and, develop a population pharmacokinetic (PK) model • To determine the ability of BGE-175 to decrease time in the ICU and progression to intubation [0538] Key Inclusion/Exclusion Criteria: [0539] Subjects with a diagnosis of COVID-19 requiring hospitalization are selected to participate in the study. [0540] Inclusion: 1. Hospitalized patients with a confirmed SARS-CoV-2 infection 2. Laboratory polymerase chain reaction (PCR) confirmed infection with SARS-CoV-2 3. Age > 60 4. Willing and able to provide written informed consent prior to performing study procedures 5. COVID-19 Illness of any duration, and: • A majority of SpO2 measurements ≤94% over 5 minutes on room air or do not require oxygen supplementation > 6 L/min, and do not require mechanical ventilation (Note: low flow O2 is permitted, but room air O2 saturation must be ≤ 94%) • At least one of the following: Radiographic infiltrates by imaging (chest x-ray, CT-scan), or clinical assessment (evidence of rales/crackles on exam) consistent with COVID-19 pneumonia 6. Not in RF as defined by at least one of the following: a. RF defined by requiring at least one of the following: • Endotracheal intubation and mechanical ventilation • O2 delivered by high-flow nasal cannula at flow rates > 20 L/min with fraction of delivered O2 ≥ 0.5 • Noninvasive positive pressure ventilation (NIPPV) • Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) • Clinical diagnosis of RF (i.e., need for one of the preceding therapies, but preceding therapies are not being administered because they are unavailable in the current setting) b. Hemodynamic compromise (defined by systolic blood pressure < 90 mm Hg, or diastolic blood pressure < 60 mm Hg) or requiring vasopressors c. Multi-organ dysfunction/failure 7. Females subjects of childbearing potential must have a negative pregnancy test at screening or pre-treatment on Day 1 8. Male and female subjects of childbearing potential must agree to use methods of contraception that are consistent with local regulations for those participating in clinical studies. [0541] Exclusion: 1. Participation in any other randomized, controlled clinical trial of an experimental treatment for COVID-19 (uncontrolled, compassionate use trials are allowed) 2. In the opinion of the investigator, progression to death is imminent and inevitable within the next 24 hours, irrespective of the provision of treatments 3. Currently participating in a vaccination trial for SARS-CoV-2 4. Subject requires O2 administration by high flow nasal cannula (> 20 L/min) 5. Positive influenza test at screening 6. Positive for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) that is not controlled with current treatment 7. Hepatitis B surface antigen, or Hepatitis C positive at the time of screening. Subjects who are positive for Hepatitis C but have Hepatitis C virus (HCV) RNA below the limit of quantitation may be enrolled. Subjects with Hepatitis B, but with undetectable viral load, may be enrolled. 8. Alanine aminotransferase (ALT) or aspartate aminotransferase (AST) > 5 × the upper limit of normal (ULN) 9. Stage 4 severe chronic kidney disease (i.e., estimated glomerular filtration rate [eGFR] < 30 mL/min) or acute renal failure resulting in eGFR < 30 mL/min 10. Serious co-morbidity, including: a. Myocardial infarction (within the last month) b. Moderate or severe heart failure (New York Heart Association [NYHA] class III or IV) c. Acute stroke (within the last month) d. Uncontrolled malignancy. Uncontrolled malignancy would include cancers that are not considered in remission, or solid tumor or hematological malignancies with evidence of disease progression in the past 3 months (i.e., there is evidence disease progression by Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumours [RECIST] or equivalent relevant criterion for the type of malignancy), and are not considered effectively managed with ongoing treatment as determined by the investigator e. Recent severe thromboembolic disease or evidence of severe thromboembolic disease defined as a current large vessel thromboembolic event or a thromboembolic event within the past 3 months (e.g., deep vein thrombosis [DVT], pulmonary embolism, ischemic stroke, transient ischemic attack) requiring interventional treatment. This exclusion does not prohibit prophylaxis for thromboembolic events, including those considered possible with concurrent SARS-CoV-2 infection. 11. History of severe allergic or anaphylactic reactions or hypersensitivity to the study drug 12. Consideration by the investigator, for any reason, that the subject is an unsuitable candidate to receive study treatment [0542] Investigational Product, Dose, Route of Administration, and Regimen: [0543] Test product: • BGE-175, a DP1 antagonist, is provided as a 50 mg tablet for oral use [0544] Placebo: Matching diluent without active drug [0545] Two 50 mg tablets of BGE-175 (100 mg) or matching placebo are taken immediately after screening evaluation, confirmation of eligibility, and randomization on Day 1, and within 30 minutes of eating. During study conduct, if the subject has not eaten within ± 30 minutes then the subject doses with four 50 mg tablets of BGE-175 (200 mg ) or matching placebo. Subjects continue to dose at approximately the same time each day with 100 mg (if within 30 minutes of eating) or 200 mg (if not within 30 minutes of eating) for 13 additional days. Time of dosing in relation to meal is documented. Subjects continue dosing for 14 days, including if they are discharged or if the subject progresses to respiratory failure. Subjects taking nothing by mouth (NPO) take study medication at approximately the same time they received prior daily doses. [0546] Statistical Methods: [0547] Analysis Populations: [0548] Intent-to-Treat (ITT)/Full Analysis Set (FAS): All randomized subjects are assessed in the ITT/FAS population for efficacy; subjects are analyzed as randomized. [0549] The Modified Intent-to-Treat population (mITT) excludes randomized untreated subjects and randomized ineligible subjects. The mITT is the primary efficacy population. [0550] Per-protocol: Further exclusion criteria is applied to the mITT population to exclude subjects with major protocol deviations as judged by clinical/biostatistical study personnel prior to database lock. This population i formed only if > 5% of subjects would be excluded. [0551] Safety: All subjects who were treated with either study drug are assessed for safety; subjects are analyzed as treated. [0552] Sample Size: The sample size calculation of 132 total subjects is based on 40% progressing to respiratory failure by Day 28 in the placebo group and 15% progressing to RF in the BGE-175 group. Using a Fishers Exact test with two-sided 5% Type 1 error and 86% power, the sample size to detect a 25% absolute improvement in the primary endpoint is 132 subjects (1:1 randomization). Randomization is stratified based on the subject’s enrollment region (North America vs. South America) and age (60 to < 75 vs. ≥ 75 years of age). [0553] Interim Analysis: An interim look for safety and futility is conducted after the first 66 randomized subjects complete assessments through Day 28. No α spend is incorporated into the sample size to account for this look, as there is no potential for early stopping for superiority. If the conditional power at interim analysis, under the alternative hypothesis is less than 20%, then the study may be stopped for futility. [0554] Efficacy Analysis: [0555] Primary endpoint – proportion of subjects who have died or progressed to RF as defined by progressing to the need for high-flow nasal cannula O2 delivery (including venturi mask delivery, nonrebreather delivery, or low resistance nasal cannula delivery), noninvasive ventilation, mechanical ventilation, or extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) at Day 28. [0556] Secondary Endpoints 1. Safety as assessed by AEs as measured by the Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) v 5.0 2. Proportion of subjects surviving [Time Frame: at Day 14, at Day 28, at Day 57] 3. Time to two successive negative viral titers in nasopharyngeal swab 4. Time to clinical worsening from baseline value (defined by time to ≥ 1-point worsening on WHO Ordinal Scale for COVID-19): 0 = no clinical or virologic evidence of infection (uninfected) 1 = no limitation of activities (ambulatory) 2 = limitation of activities (ambulatory) 3 = hospitalized, no oxygen therapy or oxygen therapy ≤ 6 L/min (hospitalized, mild disease) 4 = oxygen by mask or nasal prongs > 6 L/min (hospitalized, mild disease) 5 = non-invasive ventilation or high-flow oxygen (hospitalized, severe disease) 6 = intubation and mechanical ventilation (hospitalized, severe disease) 7 = mechanical ventilation + additional organ support including vasopressors, renal replacement therapy or extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (hospitalized, severe disease) 8 = death (dead) 5. Time to clinical improvement from baseline value (defined by time to ≥ 1-point improvement on WHO Ordinal Scale for COVID-19 score – must be maintained.) 6. Mean change in WHO Ordinal Scale for COVID-19 score at Day 14/End of Treatment, Day 28, Day 57 7. Time to extubation 8. Length of intensive care unit stay 9. Incidence and duration of supplemental O2 administration 10. Incidence and duration of noninvasive ventilation by nonrebreather mask or high-flow nasal cannula 11. Incidence and duration of mechanical ventilation 12. Incidence and duration of mechanical ventilation plus additional organ support using vasopressors, and/or renal replacement therapy and/or ECMO 13. Daily ratio of oxygen saturation (SpO2) to fractional inspired O2 (SpO2/FiO2) 14. Length of hospital stay 15. Incidence of re-hospitalization through Day 57 16. Proportion of subjects requiring intensive care unit admission Exploratory Endpoints 1. Inflammation markers including: IL-6, CRP, IL-10, TNF-α, IFN-γ, IFN-α, IP-10, MCP-1, CD4+ and CD8+ T cells, and absolute lymphocyte count 2. Assess peak and trough concentrations of BGE-175 at steady state 3. Assess PGD2 pre-diagnostic to assess correlation with response to treatment for COVID-19 based on change in the WHO Ordinal Scale for COVID-19 score Safety Analysis: [0557] Safety endpoint: 1. Incidence and severity of treatment-emergent AEs 2. Safety outcome measure: a. Occurrence of AEs b. Laboratory safety parameters such as complete blood count, blood glucose, electrolyte, hepatic and renal functions taken before the first dose and on Days 3, 7, 10, 14 and 28 to find any changes or any systemic effect after treatment [0558] All AEs are coded using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) Version 23.1. The incidence of all AEs reported during the study is summarized by treatment group and system organ class and preferred term. Safety is evaluated by comparing the nature, severity, and frequency of AEs between/among the treatment groups. Interim Analysis: [0559] An interim analysis is performed when approximately 50% of subjects complete study assessments through Day 28. Results: [0560] Administration of BGE-175 is effective to: 1) reduce viral load; 2) ameliorate one or more digestive symptoms associated with infection; 3) improve respiratory status and prevent progression to severe disease; and/or 4) reduce time to an at least two-grade improvement from baseline on the NIAID ordinal scale. EQUIVALENTS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE [0561] While the invention has been particularly shown and described with reference to a preferred embodiment and various alternate embodiments, it will be understood by persons skilled in the relevant art that various changes in form and details can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. [0562] All references issued patents and patent applications cited within the body of the instant specification are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, for all purposes.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS: 1. A method of treating a viral respiratory tract infection, comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection.
2. A method of treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia, the method comprising: administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
3. The method of any one of claims 1 to 2, wherein the human subject is at least 50 years old.
4. The method of any one of claims 1 to 2, wherein the human subject is at least 60 years old.
5. The method of any one of claims 1 to 2, wherein the human subject is at least 65 years old.
6. The method of any one of claims 1 to 2, wherein the human subject is at least 70 years old.
7. The method of any one of claims 1 to 2, wherein the human subject is at least 80 years old.
8. The method of any one of claims 1 and 3 to 7, wherein the virus is selected from coronavirus, influenza virus A or influenza virus B, parainfluenza virus, respiratory adenovirus, rhinovirus, boca virus and metapneumovirus.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the virus is a coronavirus selected from 229E, NL63, OC43, HKU1, SARS-CoV, MERS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19).
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the coronavirus is SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19).
11. The method of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the subject is not hospitalized.
12. The method of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the subject is hospitalized.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the human subject is not on a ventilator.
14. The method of claim 12, wherein the administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist reduces or eliminates the subject’s need for assisted ventilation.
15. The method of any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the subject has a body temperature of greater than 37.5 °C prior to first administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the method reduces the body temperature of the subject below pre-treatment levels.
17. The method of claim 8, wherein the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B.
18. The method of any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the subject also has a bacterial infection.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease.
20. The method of any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein the subject also has diarrhea.
21. A method of treating or preventing aging-related immune dysfunction, comprising: administering an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject having, or suspected of having, or at risk for aging-related immune dysfunction.
22. The method of claim 21, wherein the human subject is at least 50 years old, at least 60 years old, at least 65 years old, at least 70 years old, or at least 80 years old.
23. The method of any one of claims 21 to 22, wherein the subject has, or is identified as having, altered peripheral blood neutrophil levels, elevated levels of neutrophil activation, and/or elevated levels of neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood.
24. The method of any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated absolute neutrophil count or elevated neutrophil markers in peripheral blood.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the subject has, or is identified as having, an elevated myeloid to lymphoid ratio.
26. The method of claim 24, wherein the human subject has, or is identified as having, a pre-treatment absolute neutrophil count (ANC) of greater than 6,000.
27. The method of any one of claims 21 to 26, wherein the human subject has, or is identified as having, lymphopenia.
28. The method of any one of claims 21 to 27, wherein the human subject has, or is identified as having, decreased levels of type 2 interferon (gamma interferon).
29. The method of any one of claims 21 to 28, where the subject is identified as suffering from inflammaging, immunosenescence and/or age-related decline in immune function.
30. The method of any one of claims 21 to 29, where the subject has a viral or bacterial infection.
31. The method of claim 30, where the subject has an acute viral respiratory infection.
32. The method of claim 30 or 31, wherein the subject has a virus is selected from coronavirus, influenza virus A or influenza virus B, parainfluenza virus, respiratory adenovirus, rhinovirus, boca virus and metapneumovirus.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein the virus is a coronavirus selected from 229E, NL63, OC43, HKU1, SARS-CoV, MERS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19).
34. The method of claim 32, wherein the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B.
35. The method of any one of claims 30 to 34, wherein the subject has a bacterial infection.
36. The method of claim 35, wherein the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease.
37. The method of any one of claims 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist inhibits neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood.
38. The method of any one of claims 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist reduces the subject’s peripheral blood neutrophil levels below pre-treatment levels.
39. The method of any one of claims 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts dendritic cell function in the subject.
40. The method of claim 39, further comprising determining level of CCR7 in a sample of the subject as a marker of dendritic cell function.
41. The method of any one of claims 21 to 36, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts NK cell function in the subject.
42. The method of claim 41, further comprising determining level of gamma interferon in a sample of the subject as a marker of NK cell function.
43. A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating a viral respiratory tract infection in a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection.
44. Use of a DP1 receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a viral respiratory tract infection in a human subject having, or suspected of having, a viral respiratory tract infection.
45. A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating or preventing aging-related immune dysfunction in a human subject having, suspected of having, or at risk for aging-related immune dysfunction.
46. Use of a DP1 receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing aging-related immune dysfunction in a human subject having, suspected of having, or at risk for aging-related immune dysfunction.
47. A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating a treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
48. Use of a DP1 receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a human subject who has or is at risk for acute lung injury (ALI), acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), ALI with concomitant pneumonia, or ARDS with concomitant pneumonia.
49. A method of treating or alleviating a serious symptom induced by an inflammation effect of respiratory tract infection, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject.
50. The method of claim 49, wherein the symptom induced by an inflammation effect is diarrhea.
51. The method of any one of claims 49 or 50, where the respiratory tract infection is an acute viral respiratory infection.
52. The method of any one of claims 49 to 51, wherein the subject has a viral respiratory tract infection selected from coronavirus, influenza virus A or influenza virus B, parainfluenza virus, respiratory adenovirus, rhinovirus, boca virus and metapneumovirus.
53. The method of claim 52, wherein the virus is a coronavirus selected from 229E, NL63, OC43, HKU1, SARS-CoV, MERS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19).
54. The method of claim 52, wherein the virus is influenza virus A or influenza virus B.
55. The method of any one of claims 49 to 54, wherein the subject has a bacterial infection.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein the bacterial infection is a bacterial lung disease.
57. The method of any one of claims 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist inhibits neutrophil migration from the peripheral blood.
58. The method of any one of claims 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist reduces the subject’s peripheral blood neutrophil levels below pre-treatment levels.
59. The method of any one of claims 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts dendritic cell function in the subject.
60. The method of claim 59, further comprising determining a level of CCR7 in a sample of the subject as a marker of dendritic cell function.
61. The method of any one of claims 49 to 56, wherein administration of the DP1 receptor antagonist boosts NK cell function in the subject.
62. The method of claim 61, further comprising determining level of gamma interferon in a sample of the subject as a marker of NK cell function.
63. A method of vaccinating a subject, comprising: co-administering a vaccine and an effective amount of a DP1 receptor antagonist to a human subject, wherein the subject’s immune response to the vaccine is augmented as compared to vaccination in the absence of the DP1 receptor antagonist.
64. The method of claim 63, wherein the vaccine protects against a viral respiratory tract infection.
65. The method of claim 64, wherein the viral respiratory tract infection is selected from coronavirus, influenza virus A or influenza virus B, parainfluenza virus, respiratory adenovirus, rhinovirus, boca virus and metapneumovirus.
66. The method of any one of claims 63 to 65, wherein the subject has, or is suspected of having, or is at risk of aging-related immune dysfunction.
67. The method of any one of claims 63 to 66, wherein the human subject is at least 50 years old, at least 60 years old, at least 65 years old, at least 70 years old, or at least 80 years old.
68. The method any one of claims 63 to 67, further comprising assessing humoral immune response to the vaccine in the subject.
69. A DP1 receptor antagonist for use in treating a diarrhea in a human subject having, or suspected of having, inflammation induced diarrhea.
70. Use of a DP1 receptor antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a diarrhea in a human subject having, or suspected of having, inflammation induced diarrhea.
71. The method of any one of claims 1 to 42 or 49 to 68, or the use of any one of claims 43 to 48 or 69 to 70, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is a compound represented by the following general formula (I):
Figure imgf000122_0001
wherein: the ring A is an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring; the ring B is a nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a nitrogen- containing aromatic heterocyclic ring; the ring C is an aromatic carbocyclic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring; R1 is hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, cyano or a carboxy equivalent; R2 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, mercapto, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted alkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted amino, acyl, optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkenyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, optionally substituted sulfamoyl, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted arylthio, optionally substituted arylsulfinyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted heteroarylthio, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfinyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyloxy or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; R3 is a hydrogen atom, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio, optionally substituted arylthio or optionally substituted heteroarylthio; R4 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenyloxy, mercapto, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted alkenylthio, optionally substituted alkynylthio, optionally substituted alkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted cycloalkenylthio, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfinyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted amino, acyl, optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkenyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted carbamoyl, optionally substituted sulfamoyl, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted arylthio, optionally substituted arylsulfinyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted heteroarylthio, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfinyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyl, optionally substituted heteroarylsulfonyloxy or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; R5 is independently a halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkyloxy, oxo, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; M is carbonyl or sulfonyl; Y is a single bond, optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —N(R6)—; L1, L2 and L3 are independently a single bond, optionally substituted alkylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), optionally substituted alkenylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s), optionally substituted alkynylene optionally containing one or two heteroatom(s) or —N(R7)—; R6 and R7 are independently a hydrogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, acyl, optionally substituted alkyloxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; k is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; n is 0, 1 or 2; and q is 0, 1, 2 or 3; provided that a) k is not 0 when the ring B is a 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic ring containing one or two nitrogen atom(s), and the ring C is a benzene ring, b) the ring C is not an indole ring or an azaindole ring, c) R1 is not carboxy when the ring C is a benzene ring, -L3- is —(O-alkylene)-, and the substituting position of L3 and Y is an ortho-position each other in the ring C, and d) the substituting position of L3 and Y is not a para-position in the ring C when the ring B is a thiazolidine ring and the ring C is a benzene ring; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
72. The method or use of claim 71, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is of formula (II):
Figure imgf000124_0001
wherein: R2A and R2B are each independently a hydrogen atom or , wherein at
Figure imgf000124_0002
least one of R2A or R2B is
Figure imgf000125_0001
R2C is selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, NO2, CN,
Figure imgf000125_0002
R2D is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom,
Figure imgf000125_0003
and CF3; R2E is a hydrogen atom; R5 is an alkyl group; n is 0 or 1; and R3 is optionally substituted alkoxy or optionally substituted alkylthio; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
73. The method or use of claim 71, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is selected from:
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
74. The method or use of claim 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000127_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
75. The method or use of claim 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000127_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
76. The method or use of claim 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000127_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
77. The method or use of claim 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000128_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
78. The method or use of claim 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000128_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
79. The method or use of claim 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000128_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
80. The method or use of claim 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000128_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
81. The method or use of claim 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000129_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
82. The method or use of claim 73, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is:
Figure imgf000129_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
83. The method of any one of claims 1 to 42, or 49 to 68, or the use of any one of claims 43 to 48 or 69 to 70, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is ADC-7405, ADC-9971, AM- 432, AMG-009, AP-768, AZD-5985, AZD-8075, laropiprant, ONO-4053, ONO-4127Na, S- 5751 or vidupiprant.
84. The method or use of any one of claims 74 to 83, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered orally.
85. The method or use of any one of claims 74 to 83, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered daily.
86. The method or use of claim 85, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered twice a day.
87. The method or use of claim 85 or 86, wherein the DP1 receptor antagonist is administered three times a day.
88. The method or use of any one of claims 85 to 87, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is from 50 mg to 200mg.
89. The method or use of claim 88, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 50mg.
90. The method or use of use of claim 88 or 89, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 100 mg.
91. The method or use of any one of claims 88 to 90, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 150mg.
92. The method or use of any one of claims 88 to 91, wherein the daily dose of the DP1 receptor antagonist is 200mg.
93. The method or use of any one of claims 88 to 92, wherein the daily dose is a fed dose.
PCT/US2021/047020 2020-08-21 2021-08-20 Use of dp1 receptor antagonists for the treatment of viral respiratory tract infections and dysregulated immune response in aged and aging patients WO2022040604A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
TW110131161A TW202227078A (en) 2020-08-21 2021-08-23 Treatment of viral respiratory tract infections and dysregulated immune response in aged and aging patients

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202063068983P 2020-08-21 2020-08-21
US63/068,983 2020-08-21
US202063080570P 2020-09-18 2020-09-18
US63/080,570 2020-09-18
US202163147673P 2021-02-09 2021-02-09
US63/147,673 2021-02-09
US202163174388P 2021-04-13 2021-04-13
US63/174,388 2021-04-13
US202163221867P 2021-07-14 2021-07-14
US63/221,867 2021-07-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022040604A1 true WO2022040604A1 (en) 2022-02-24

Family

ID=80350639

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2021/047020 WO2022040604A1 (en) 2020-08-21 2021-08-20 Use of dp1 receptor antagonists for the treatment of viral respiratory tract infections and dysregulated immune response in aged and aging patients

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202227078A (en)
WO (1) WO2022040604A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110002936A1 (en) 2008-05-13 2011-01-06 Walter Ferlin Anti-IL-6/IL-6R Antibodies and Methods of Use Thereof
US8153793B2 (en) 2005-09-27 2012-04-10 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Sulfonamide derivative having PGD2 receptor antagonistic activity
US20120225060A1 (en) 2011-03-03 2012-09-06 Apexigen, Inc. Anti-il-6 receptor antibodies and methods of use

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8153793B2 (en) 2005-09-27 2012-04-10 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Sulfonamide derivative having PGD2 receptor antagonistic activity
US20110002936A1 (en) 2008-05-13 2011-01-06 Walter Ferlin Anti-IL-6/IL-6R Antibodies and Methods of Use Thereof
US20120225060A1 (en) 2011-03-03 2012-09-06 Apexigen, Inc. Anti-il-6 receptor antibodies and methods of use

Non-Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients", 2017
ANONYMOUS: "Study to Evaluate the Safety, Tolerability, and Efficacy of BGE-175 in Hospitalized Adults With Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) That Are Not in Respiratory Failure - Tabular View - ClinicalTrials.gov", 12 January 2021 (2021-01-12), XP055863871, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/record/NCT04705597> [retrieved on 20211122] *
CARITHERS, L. J.MOORE, H. M.: "The Genotype-Tissue Expression (GTEx) Project", BIOPRESERV BIOBANK, vol. 13, 2015, pages 307 - 308
FURUSAWA, H. ET AL.: "Chronic Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis, an Interstitial Lung Disease with Distinct Molecular Signatures", AM JRESPIR CRIT CARE MED, vol. 202, 2020, pages 1430 - 1444
KIMURA IY ET AL., CLIN EXP ALLERGY, vol. 3, 1973, pages 195
NAKANO Y. ET AL: "Role of Prostaglandin D2 and DP1 Receptor on Japanese Cedar Pollen-Induced Allergic Rhinitis in Mice", JOURNAL OF PHARMACOLOGY AND EXPERIMENTAL THERAPEUTICS, vol. 357, no. 2, 1 April 2016 (2016-04-01), pages 258 - 263, XP055863754, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://jpet.aspetjournals.org/content/jpet/357/2/258.full.pdf> DOI: 10.1124/jpet.115.229799 *
ROBERTS ET AL.: "A Mouse-Adapted SARS-Coronavirus Causes Disease and Mortality in BALB/c Mice", PLOSPATHOGENS, vol. 3, no. 1, January 2007 (2007-01-01), pages 023 - 037
SOUBRA SAID H ET AL: "Acute respiratory failure in asthma", 1 September 2005 (2005-09-01), XP055863912, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.bioline.org.br/pdf?cm05035> [retrieved on 20211122] *
TAKAHASHI GO ET AL: "Effect of the potent and selective DP1 receptor antagonist, asapiprant (S-555739), in animal models of allergic rhinitis and allergic asthma", EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 765, 1 October 2015 (2015-10-01), NL, pages 15 - 23, XP055863753, ISSN: 0014-2999, DOI: 10.1016/j.ejphar.2015.08.003 *
ZHENG, J. ET AL.: "Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus 2-Induced Immune Activation and Death of Monocyte-Derived Human Macrophages and Dendritic Cells", J INFECT DIS, vol. 223, pages 785 - 795

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202227078A (en) 2022-07-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102364344B1 (en) Nicotinyl alcohol ether derivatives, methods for their preparation, and pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
JP6936007B2 (en) How to Treat Cancer Using A Combination of CHK1 Inhibitor and ATR Inhibitor
CN112654350A (en) Methods of treating a subject resistant to a TNF inhibitor or selecting a treatment for said subject using an NLRP3 antagonist
JP5389030B2 (en) Isothiazolopyridinone useful for the treatment of (especially) cystic fibrosis
JP5686596B2 (en) Regulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
CN107406438A (en) The inhibitor of bromine domain
US20240207202A1 (en) Combination therapies targeting mitochondrial biogenesis for cancer therapy
EA032430B1 (en) Fused pyrimidines for the treatment of hiv
JP2012521429A (en) P2X3 receptor antagonist for the treatment of pain
NZ719729A (en) Inhibitors of influenza viruses replication
TW201922244A (en) Compositions and methods for treating anemia
JP2023536427A (en) Methods of treating acute respiratory disorders
US20230024859A1 (en) Compounds and compositions for treating conditions associated with nlrp activity
US20230210860A1 (en) Treating influenza using substituted polycyclic pyridone derivatives and prodrugs thereof in a subject having influenza and a severe influenza condition
US8921367B2 (en) Use of AMG 900 for the treatment of cancer
CN115835878A (en) Methods and compositions for treating acute lung injury and acute respiratory distress syndrome
CN101583614B (en) Polycyclic agents for the treatment of respiratory syncytial virus infections
KR20230165832A (en) Apelin receptor modulators for the treatment of age-related muscle diseases
AU2014205481A1 (en) Therapeutic indications of kinase inhibitors
CN113260616A (en) Novel compounds for the treatment of respiratory diseases
WO2022040604A1 (en) Use of dp1 receptor antagonists for the treatment of viral respiratory tract infections and dysregulated immune response in aged and aging patients
WO2021207598A1 (en) Combination treatment with an agonist of p53 and a second therapeutic agent
Collingwood et al. Respiratory drug discovery, curent developments and future challenges: Highlights from the Society of Medicines Research Symposium, held on June 14th, 2012-Horsham, UK
TW202219047A (en) Therapeutic agents targeting gpr35
JP2023519892A (en) PLXDC2 ligand

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21783075

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21783075

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1